-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, Rkoxsewb/crEewWJoL9g6FzIfdYn6Fv9C21VDdbZlJcsE6U5Lhrns/PJO8ZX6oh5 /M7vHwZvFqIjTaYaUU1daQ== 0001047469-04-020174.txt : 20040614 0001047469-04-020174.hdr.sgml : 20040611 20040610213859 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001047469-04-020174 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: S-3/A PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 5 FILED AS OF DATE: 20040611 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: TUT SYSTEMS INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000878436 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: TELEPHONE & TELEGRAPH APPARATUS [3661] IRS NUMBER: 942958543 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: S-3/A SEC ACT: 1933 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 333-112418 FILM NUMBER: 04859453 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 6000 SW MEADOWS RD, SUITE #200 CITY: LAKE OSWEGO STATE: OR ZIP: 97035 BUSINESS PHONE: 503-594-1400 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 6000 SW MEADOWS RD, SUITE #200 CITY: LAKE OSWEGO STATE: OR ZIP: 97035 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: TUTANKHAMON ELECTRONICS INC DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19940308 S-3/A 1 a2138367zs-3a.htm FORM S-3/A
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 10, 2004

Registration No. 333-112418



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


Amendment No. 2
to
FORM S-3
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under the Securities Act of 1933


TUT SYSTEMS, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware   94-2958543
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

6000 SW Meadows Drive, Suite 200, Lake Oswego, Oregon 97035, Tel: (503) 594-1400
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)


Salvatore D'Auria
Chief Executive Officer and President
Tut Systems, Inc.
6000 SW Meadows Drive, Suite 200, Lake Oswego, Oregon 97035, Tel: (503) 594-1400
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of agent for service)


Copies to:

Steven E. Bochner, Esq.
Eric John Finseth, Esq.
Nathaniel P. Gallon, Esq.
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
Professional Corporation
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, California 94304
Tel: (650) 493-9300
  Scott M. Stanton, Esq.
Marty B. Lorenzo, Esq.
Adam Schwenker, Esq.
Gray Cary Ware & Freidenrich LLP
4365 Executive Drive, Suite 1100
San Diego, California 92121-2189
Tel: (858) 677-1400

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

        If the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following box. o

        If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box. o

        If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

        If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. o


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


Title of Each Class of
Securities to Be Registered

  Amount to
Be Registered(1)

  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price
Per Share(2)

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee(2)


Common Stock
$0.001 par value
  5,750,000 shares   $7.04   $40,480,000   $5,128.82(3)

(1)
Includes 750,000 shares that may be purchased by the underwriters to cover over-allotments, if any.

(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, based on the average high and low trading price for the Common Stock on January 27, 2004.

(3)
Previously paid.


        The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 10, 2004

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

5,000,000 SHARES

LOGO

COMMON STOCK


        We are offering 3,000,000 shares of our common stock. Tektronix, Inc., the selling stockholder, is offering an additional 2,000,000 shares of our common stock. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of common stock by Tektronix, Inc. Our common stock trades on The Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "TUTS." On June 8, 2004, the sale price of our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market was $3.08 per share.


        Investing in our common stock involves risks, including those that are described in the "Risk Factors" section beginning on page 5 of this prospectus.


 

 

 

Per Share


 

Total

Public offering price   $                $             
Underwriting discount   $                $             
Proceeds to us   $                $             
Proceeds to selling stockholder   $                $             

        The underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 750,000 shares of common stock from us, the selling stockholder and potential additional selling stockholders, all of whom are executive officers, to cover over-allotments, if any. For more information on the selling stockholders, see pages 49-51 and 53-55.

        The Securities and Exchange Commission and state regulators have not approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Needham & Company, Inc.    

William Blair & Company

 

 

Merriman Curhan Ford & Co.

The date of this prospectus is June 10, 2004.



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
Prospectus Summary   1
Risk Factors   5
Use of Proceeds   15
Price Range of Common Stock   15
Dividend Policy   15
Capitalization   16
Dilution   17
Selected Consolidated Financial Data   18
Forward-Looking Statements   19
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   20
Business   38
Management   49
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions   52
Principal and Selling Stockholders   53
Underwriting   55
Legal Matters   57
Experts   57
Where You Can Obtain More Information   58
Information Incorporated by Reference   58
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-1

        You should rely only on this prospectus. We have not, and the selling stockholder, the potential additional selling stockholders and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the selling stockholder, the potential additional selling stockholders and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

        The terms "Tut Systems," "our company," "our," "we" and "us" as used in this prospectus refer to Tut Systems, Inc. and its subsidiaries and predecessors as a combined entity, except where it is made clear that such term means only the parent company. Tut Systems, the logo design, Tut Systems and the logo design together, Astria and VideoTele.com are registered United States trademarks of Tut Systems, Inc., Aveon and Expresso are trademarks of Tut Systems, Inc. Certain of the foregoing trademarks are registered trademarks in certain foreign countries. This prospectus also includes trademarks of companies other than Tut Systems.

i



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

        You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information concerning our company, the common stock being sold in this offering and our financial statements appearing in this prospectus and in documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus. Because this prospectus is only a summary, you should read the rest of this prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein before you invest in our common stock. Read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks described under "Risk Factors."


Our Company

        We design, develop, and sell digital video processing systems that enable telephony-based service providers to deliver broadcast quality digital video signals across their networks. We also offer digital video processing systems that enable private enterprise and government entities to transport video signals across satellite, fiber, radio, or copper facilities for surveillance, distance learning, and TV production applications. We also offer broadband transport and service management products that enable the provisioning of high speed Internet access and other broadband data services over existing copper networks within hotels and private campus facilities.

        Historically, we derived most of our sales from our broadband transport and service management products. In November 2002, we acquired VideoTele.com, or VTC, from Tektronix, Inc. to extend our product offerings to include digital video processing systems. These video-based products now represent a majority of our sales and will provide most of our growth opportunities for the foreseeable future.

Industry Background and Dynamics

        Over the past several years, traditional telephone companies have come under increasing competitive pressure. These telcos are trailing cable operators in market share for high speed Internet access in the U.S. and they are also at risk of losing traditional voice lines to both cable TV operators and wireless carriers. These voice lines include both digital subscriber line, or DSL, and fiber-to-the-home technologies. DSL technologies use sophisticated signal blending techniques to deliver data through copper wires. Fiber-to-the-home refers to optical fiber that is installed from a telephone switch directly to a subscriber's home. As a result of these competitive threats, telcos are beginning to look at their DSL and fiber-to-the-home infrastructures as a means to offer broadcast TV services to better compete for the end customer with a bundled offering of voice, data, and video services. InStat/MDR has estimated, in a report published in April 2003, that the number of telco video subscribers worldwide will increase from 572,000 at the end of 2003 to over 19.0 million by the end of 2007.

        To deliver broadcast quality video, a non-satellite-based service provider must deploy a digital TV headend to receive both national and local broadcast TV signals and to properly process these signals for transmission over fiber, cable, or copper-based DSL facilities. The limitations on the amount of data that telco DSL facilities can transmit in a fixed amount of time (such limitations are often referred to as bandwidth) when compared to the high bandwidth capacity of cable facilities means that telco headends require greater video processing performance. For example, video headends deployed by cable operators may simply pass high speed satellite-fed TV signals directly to their cable networks without further video compression. Telcos, however, must use video headends that compress the widely varying data transmission rates of the source signal to low constant data transmission rates over their DSL networks. Additionally, telco networks often are comprised of multiple hardware platforms that use varying sets of rules, or protocols, for transmitting signals. Therefore, to deliver video services, telcos require digital TV headends that are capable of converting video signals between hardware platforms using various protocols.

Our Solution

        Our Astria digital TV headend system is focused on enabling the delivery of broadcast quality video over traditional telco networks. Unlike standard headends designed for cable networks, our digital headend solution, the Astria Content Processor system, converts the high transmission rate and

1



varying transmission rate signals received from satellites into low and constant transmission rate video streams for subsequent delivery over various types of telco delivery networks. Our high-performance, cost-effective systems are based on existing video compression technologies and standards as defined by the Motion Pictures Expert Group, or MPEG, and we are developing upgrades to support emerging technologies that will enable higher compression rates and more advanced interactivity than is currently available today. Customers for our Astria video content processing systems include independent operating telephone companies in North America, such as Oxford Networks, and international incumbent carriers such as PCCW in Hong Kong. We believe that our installed base of digital video headend systems represents over 50% of the North American headend market for video over DSL services.

        Using software and hardware components from our digital TV headend systems, our M2 video processing system is a smaller form factor to encode video signals for transmission over private or government networks. Our M2 systems are used for applications such as studio-to-transmitter transport, video surveillance, and distance education. We sell our M2 video processing systems to TV broadcasters, government agencies, and educational institutions.

        We also offer broadband transport and service management products that enable the provisioning of high speed Internet access and other broadband data services over existing copper networks within hotels and private campus facilities. Customers for our broadband data systems include system integrators, competitive carriers for the hospitality industry, incumbent local exchange companies, and private educational and commercial entities.

Our Strategy

        Our objective is to be the leading provider of video content processing solutions for the delivery of broadcast and on-demand video services to residential customers over telephone company networks. Key elements of our business strategy are as follows:

    Maintain leadership in the North American telco market for digital TV headends;

    Expand sales efforts to international markets;

    Accelerate market adoption of video over telco networks;

    Partner with leading industry vendors to provide complete systems solutions;

    Leverage our digital TV headend expertise in additional markets; and

    Selectively pursue acquisitions.

Recent Financial Performance

        As a result of our acquisition of VideoTele.com in November 2002, our revenue increased from $9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 to $32.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. In addition, our net loss decreased from $41.6 million in 2002 to $5.5 million in 2003. Our net cash used in operating activities during 2003 was $10.9 million.

        On April 26, 2004 we announced our financial results for the first quarter of 2004. Our revenue for the first quarter ended March 31, 2004 was $6.2 million, our net cash used by operating activities during the quarter was $1.5 million, and our net loss for the quarter was $4.4 million.

        We have incurred substantial net losses since our inception. As of March 31, 2004, we had an accumulated deficit of $286.5 million.


How to Reach Us

        Our principal executive offices are located at 6000 SW Meadows Drive, Suite 200, Lake Oswego, Oregon 97035. Our telephone number at that address is (503) 594-1400. Tut Systems is incorporated in Delaware. Our Internet home page is located at www.tutsys.com. Information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

2



The Offering


 

 

 
Common Stock offered by Tut   3,000,000 shares

Common Stock offered by the selling stockholder

 

2,000,000 shares

Shares outstanding after the offering

 

23,328,698 shares

Use of proceeds

 

For working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include repayment of indebtedness incurred in connection with the acquisition of VTC.

Risk factors

 

See "Risk Factors" for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Nasdaq National Market symbol

 

TUTS

        The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on the approximate number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2004, and excludes:

    4,446,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2004, at a weighted average exercise price of $6.27 per share, under our stock option plans.

    1,283,000 additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 1998 Stock Plan, our 1999 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan and our 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

Unless otherwise stated, all information contained in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option.

3



Summary Consolidated Financial Data
(in thousands, except per share data)

        We have derived our consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 from our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Due to the acquisitions we have made, our results of operations are not necessarily comparable between periods presented. In particular, our November 2002 acquisition of VTC has had a significant impact on every aspect of our financial statements since the acquisition. We have derived our statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the summary financial data set forth below in conjunction with the "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus. The Summary Consolidated Balance Sheet data has been presented on an as adjusted basis to give effect to our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from our sale of 3,000,000 shares of common stock at an assumed offering price of $3.08 per share (as adjusted for underwriting discounts, commissions and the estimated offering expenses).

 
  Fiscal Years Ended December 31,
  Three Months
Ended March 31,

 
 
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2003
  2004
 
Statement of Operations Data:                                
Total revenues   $ 13,748   $ 9,371   $ 32,192   $ 6,601   $ 6,177  
Cost of goods sold     40,489     13,909     15,646     3,259     5,129  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Gross profit (loss)     (26,741 )   (4,538 )   16,546     3,342     1,048  
Operating expenses     81,712     37,105     22,093     5,674     5,442  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Loss from operations     (108,453 )   (41,643 )   (5,547 )   (2,332 )   (4,394 )
Impairment of certain equity investments         (592 )            
Interest and other income, net     4,127     610     30     101     (56 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss   $ (104,326 ) $ (41,625 ) $ (5,517 ) $ (2,231 ) $ (4,450 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss per share, basic and diluted   $ (6.39 ) $ (2.45 ) $ (0.28 ) $ (0.11 ) $ (0.22 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted     16,326     16,957     19,996     19,801     20,297  
   
 
 
 
 
 

 


 

March 31, 2004

 
  Actual
  As Adjusted
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:            
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 12,270   $ 20,141
Working capital   $ 17,755   $ 25,626
Total assets   $ 39,133   $ 47,004
Long-term debt   $ 3,603   $ 3,603
Total stockholders' equity   $ 19,302   $ 27,173

4



RISK FACTORS

        An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the following risks, together with all other information included in this prospectus, before you decide to buy our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations would likely suffer materially. As a result, the trading price of our common stock may decline, and you could lose all or part of the money you paid to buy our common stock.


Risks Related to Our Business

We have a history of significant losses, and we may never achieve profitability.

        We have incurred substantial net losses and experienced negative cash flow for each quarter since our inception. As of March 31, 2004, we had an accumulated deficit of $286.5 million. We expect to incur losses in the near future. Moreover, we may never achieve profitability and, if we do so, we may not be able to maintain profitability. We may not be able to generate a sufficient level of revenue to offset our current level of expenditures. Moreover, because our expenditures for sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative functions are relatively fixed in the short term, we may be unable to adjust our spending in a timely manner to respond to any unanticipated decline in revenue. If we fail to achieve profitability within the timeframe expected by securities analysts or investors, then the market price of our common stock will likely decline.

Each sale of our headend systems represents a significant portion of our revenue for any given quarter. Our failure to meet our quarterly forecast of sales of headend systems in any given quarter could have a material adverse impact on our financial results for a given quarter.

        Since we acquired VTC in November 2002, a large part of our quarterly revenue is associated with the sale of headend systems. Each sale represents a significant portion of our revenue for each quarter. We base our operating forecast on our historical sales. Because of the high cost per unit of our headend systems, if we were to sell even one less system than our forecasted number of headend sales per quarter, such a decrease in sales would have a material and adverse impact on our revenue for that quarter, and we may fail to meet investor expectations.

We operate in an intensely competitive marketplace, and many of our competitors have better resources than we do.

        Our primary competitors in the digital TV headend market are small private companies that are focused on a more narrow product line than ours, thereby allowing these competitors to devote substantially more targeted resources to developing and marketing new products than we can. As we begin to target larger telco customers for our video content processing systems, we expect more competition from large public companies like Harmonic, Inc., Tandberg Television ASA, and Motorola, Inc., all of which have substantially greater financial, technical and other resources than we do. These competitors have achieved success in providing headend components for cable multiple system operators and satellite TV providers and, we expect these competitors to market some of their products for use in TV over DSL applications. For example, in the past, Harmonic provided video content processing systems to SaskTel, a large Canadian telephone service provider. Harmonic also recently announced that it will provide video content processing systems to Video Networks Limited, a video-over-DSL provider in the United Kingdom.

        Our competition in the market for video transmission processing products primarily comes from small private companies such as SkyStream Networks and public companies such as Optibase Inc. and Tandberg Television that together offer a wide array of products with special features and functions. Our broadband transport and service management business tends to compete against public, private and foreign network equipment companies.

5



        To the extent that any of these current or potential future competitors enter or expand further into our markets, develop superior technology and products or offer superior prices or performance features relative to our products, such competition could result in lost sales and severe downward pressure on our pricing, either of which would adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

Commercial acceptance of any technological solution that competes with technology based on communication over copper telephone wire could materially and adversely impact demand for our products, our revenue and growth strategy.

        The markets for video content processing, transmission and high-speed data access systems and services are characterized by several competing communication technologies, including fiber optic cables, coaxial cables, satellites and other wireless facilities. Many of our products are based on communication over copper telephone wire. Because there are physical limits to the speed and distance over which data can be transmitted over copper wire, our products may not be a viable solution for customers requiring service at performance levels beyond the current limits of copper telephone wire. Our customer base is concentrated on telephone service providers that have a large investment in copper wire technology. If these customers lose market share to their competitors who use competing technologies that are not as constrained by physical limitations as copper telephone wire, and that are able to provide faster access, greater reliability, increased cost-effectiveness or other advantages, demand for our products will decrease. Moreover, to the extent that our customers choose to install fiber optic cable or other transmission media as part of their infrastructure, or to the extent that homes and businesses install other transmission media within buildings, demand for our products may decline. The occurrence of any one or more of these events would harm demand for our products, which would thereby adversely affect our revenue and growth strategy.

If the projected growth in demand for video services from telephone service providers does not materialize or if our customers find alternative methods of delivering video services, future sales of our video content processing systems will suffer.

        We manufacture video content processing systems that enable telephone service providers to offer video services to their customers. Our customers, the telephone service providers, face competition from cable companies, satellite service providers and wireless companies. For some users, these competing solutions provide fast access, high reliability and cost-effective solutions for delivering data, including video services. Telephone service providers hope to maintain their market share in their core business of voice telephony as well as increase their revenue per customer by offering their customers more services, including video services and high-speed data services. However, if the telephone service providers find alternative ways of maintaining and growing their market share in their core business that do not require that they offer video services, demand for our products will decrease substantially. Moreover, if technological advancements are developed that allow our customers to provide video services without upgrading their current system infrastructure, or that offer our customers a more cost-effective method of delivering video services, sales of our video content processing systems will suffer. Alternatively, even if the telephone service providers choose our video content processing systems, the service providers may not be successful in marketing video services to their customers, in which case our sales would decrease substantially.

Our operating results fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter, and this may cause the price of our stock to decline.

        Over the last 12 quarters, our sales per quarter have fluctuated between $9.2 million and $2.0 million. Over the same periods, our loss from operations as a percentage of revenue has fluctuated between approximately 5.2% and 1,274% of revenue. We anticipate that our sales and operating

6



margins will continue to fluctuate. We expect this fluctuation to continue for a variety of reasons, including:

    the timing of customers' purchase decisions, acceptance of our new products and possible cancellations;

    competitive pressures, including pricing pressures from our partners and competitors;

    delays or problems in the introduction of our new products;

    announcements of new products, services or technological innovations by us or our competitors; and

    management of inventory levels.

The sales cycle for video content processing systems is long and unpredictable, which requires us to incur high sales and marketing expenses with no assurance that a sale will result.

        The sales cycle for our headend systems can be as long as 12-18 months. Additionally, with respect to the sale of our products to U.S. and foreign government organizations, we may experience long sales cycles as a result of government procurement processes. As a result, while we continue to incur costs associated with a particular sale prior to payment from the customer, we may not recognize revenue from efforts to sell particular products for extended periods of time.

        As a result, our quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our revenue and operating results may not be meaningful and may not provide an accurate indicator of our future performance. Our operating results in one or more future quarters may fail to meet the expectations of investment research analysts or investors, which could cause an immediate and significant decline in the trading price of our common stock.

If we fail to accurately forecast demand for our products, our revenue, profitability and reputation could be harmed.

        We rely on contract manufacturers and third-party equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, to manufacture, assemble, test and package our products. We also depend on third-party suppliers for the materials and parts that constitute our products. Our reliance on contract manufacturers, OEMs and third-party suppliers requires us to accurately forecast the demand for our products and coordinate our efforts with those of our contract manufacturers, OEMs and suppliers. We often make significant up-front financial commitments with our contract manufacturers, OEMs and suppliers in order to procure the raw materials and begin manufacturing and assembly of the products. If we fail to accurately forecast demand or coordinate our efforts with our suppliers, OEMs and contract manufacturers, we may face supply, manufacturing or testing capacity constraints. These constraints could result in delays in the delivery of our products, which could lead to the loss of existing or potential customers and could thereby result in lost sales and damage to our reputation, which would adversely affect our revenue and profitability. Further, we outsource the manufacturing of our products based on forecasts of sales. If orders for our products exceed our forecasts, we may have difficulty meeting customers' orders in a timely manner, which could damage our reputation or result in lost sales. Conversely, if our forecasts exceed the orders we actually receive and we are unable to cancel future purchase and manufacturing commitments in a timely manner, our inventory levels would increase. This could expose us to losses related to slow moving and obsolete inventory, which would have a material adverse effect on our profitability.

7



If we fail to develop and introduce new products in response to the rapid technological changes in the markets in which we compete, we will not remain competitive.

        The markets for video content processing, transmission and high-speed data access systems are characterized by rapid technological developments, frequent enhancements to existing products and new product introductions, changes in end-user requirements and evolving industry standards. To remain competitive, we must continually improve the performance, features and reliability of our products. For example, advancements in compression technology are leading the video content processing industry to begin the transition to next generation compression standards. These advances will allow for further reductions in the bandwidth required to deliver standard definition video channels and introduce the possibility of delivering high-definition television over asymmetric digital subscriber lines, or ADSL, for the first time. ADSL is a new technology that allows more data to be transmitted over copper telephone lines than standard DSL. Further advances in compression technology, or the emergence of new industry standards would require that we further redesign our products to incorporate, and remain compatible with, emerging technologies and industry standards.

        We cannot assure you that we will be able to respond quickly and effectively to technological change. We may have only limited time to enter certain markets, and we cannot assure you that we will be successful in achieving widespread acceptance of our products before competitors can offer products and services similar or superior to our products. If we fail to introduce new products that address technological changes or if we experience delays in our product introductions, our ability to compete would be adversely affected, thereby harming our revenue, profitability and growth strategy.

We depend on international sales for a significant portion of our revenue, which subjects our business to a number of risks. If we are unable to generate significant international sales, our revenue, profitability and share price could be materially and adversely affected.

        Sales to customers outside of the United States accounted for approximately 56.3%, 43.0% and 18.4% of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively and 13.2% and 11.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Sales and operating activities outside of the United States are subject to inherent risks, including fluctuations in the value of the United States dollar relative to foreign currencies; tariffs, quotas, taxes and other market barriers; political and economic instability; restrictions on the export or import of technology; potentially limited intellectual property protection; difficulties in staffing and managing international operations and potentially adverse tax consequences. Any of these factors may have a material adverse effect on our ability to grow or maintain international revenue.

        We expect sales to customers outside of the United States to represent a significant and growing portion of our revenue. However, we cannot assure you that foreign markets for our products will develop at the rate or to the extent that we anticipate. If we fail to generate significant international sales, our revenue, profitability and share price could be materially and adversely affected.

Fluctuations in interest and currency exchange rates may decrease demand for our products.

        Substantially all of our foreign sales are invoiced in U.S. dollars. As a result, fluctuations in currency exchange rates could cause our products to become relatively more expensive for international customers, thereby reducing demand for our products. We anticipate that we will generally continue to invoice foreign sales in U.S. dollars. We do not currently engage in foreign currency hedging transactions. However, as we expand our current international operations, we may allow payment in foreign currencies and, as a result, our exposure to foreign currency transaction losses may increase. To reduce this exposure, we may purchase forward foreign exchange contracts or use other hedging strategies. However, we cannot assure you that any currency hedging strategy would be successful in avoiding exchange-related losses. Any such losses would adversely impact our profitability.

8



If our contract manufacturers, third-party OEMs and third-party suppliers fail to produce quality products or parts in a timely manner, we may not be able to meet our customers' demands.

        We do not manufacture our products. We rely on contract manufacturers and OEMs to manufacture, assemble, package and test substantially all of our products and to purchase most of the raw materials and components used in our products. Additionally, we depend on third-party suppliers to provide quality parts and materials to our contract manufacturers and OEMs, and we obtain some of the key components and sub-assemblies used in our products from a single supplier or a limited group of suppliers. Neither we nor our contract manufacturers or OEMs have any guaranteed supply arrangements with the suppliers. If our suppliers fail to provide a sufficient supply of key components, we could experience difficulties in obtaining alternative sources at reasonable prices, if at all, or in altering product designs to use alternative components. Moreover, if our contract manufacturers or OEMs fail to deliver quality products in a timely manner, such failure would harm our ability to meet our scheduled product deliveries to customers. Delays and reductions in product shipments could increase our production costs, damage customer relationships and harm our revenue and profitability. In addition, if our contract manufacturers and OEMs fail to perform adequate quality control and testing of our products, we would experience increased production costs for product repair and replacement, and our profitability would be harmed. Moreover, defects in products that are not discovered in the quality assurance process could damage customer relationships and result in product returns or product liability claims, each of which could harm our revenue, profitability and reputation.

Design defects in our products could harm our reputation and our revenue, profitability and reputation.

        Any defect or deficiency in our products could reduce the functionality, effectiveness or marketability of our products. These defects or deficiencies could cause customers to cancel or delay their orders for our products, reduce revenue or render our product designs obsolete. In any of these events, we would be required to devote substantial financial and other resources for a significant period of time to develop new product designs. We cannot assure you that we would be successful in addressing any design defects in our products or in developing new product designs in a timely manner, if at all. Any of these events, individually or in the aggregate, could harm our revenue, profitability and reputation.

Our business depends on the integrity of our intellectual property rights. If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property, our revenue, profitability, reputation or growth strategy could be adversely affected.

        We attempt to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology through patents, trademarks and copyrights, by generally entering into confidentiality or license agreements with our employees, consultants, vendors, strategic partners and customers as needed, and by generally limiting access to and distribution of our trade secret technology and proprietary information. However, any of our pending or future patent or trademark applications may not ultimately be issued as patents or trademarks of the scope that we sought, if at all, and any of our patents, trademarks or copyrights may be invalidated, deemed unenforceable, or otherwise challenged. In addition, other parties may circumvent or design around our patents and other intellectual property rights, may misappropriate our proprietary technology, or may otherwise develop similar, duplicate or superior products. Further, the intellectual property laws and our agreements may not adequately protect our intellectual property rights and effective intellectual property protection may be unavailable or limited in certain foreign countries in which we do business or may do business in the future.

        The telecommunications and data communications industries are characterized by the existence of extensive patent portfolios and frequent intellectual property litigation. From time to time, we have received, and may in the future receive, claims that we are infringing third parties' intellectual property

9



rights. Any present or future claims, with or without merit, could be time-consuming, result in costly litigation, divert management time and attention and other resources, cause product shipment delays or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements. Such royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be available on terms acceptable to us. In addition, any such litigation could force us to cease selling or using certain products or services, or to redesign such products or services. Further, we may in the future initiate claims or litigation against third-parties for infringement of our intellectual property rights or to determine the scope and validity of our intellectual property rights or those of competitors. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources. Any of the foregoing could have an adverse effect upon our revenue, profitability, reputation or growth strategy.

If we fail to provide our customers with adequate and timely customer support, our relationships with our customers could be damaged, which would harm our revenue and profitability.

        Our ability to achieve our planned sales growth and retain customers will depend in part on the quality of our customer support operations. Our customers generally require significant support and training with respect to our products, particularly in the initial deployment and implementation stage. As our systems and products become more complex, we believe our ability to provide adequate customer support will be increasingly important to our success. We have limited experience with widespread deployment of our products to a diverse customer base, and we cannot assure you that we will have adequate personnel to provide the levels of support that our customers may require during initial product deployment or on an ongoing basis. Our failure to provide sufficient support to our customers could delay or prevent the successful deployment of our products. Failure to provide adequate support could also have an adverse impact on our reputation and relationship with our customers, could thereby prevent us from gaining new customers and could harm our revenue and profitability.

If we fail to manage our expanding operations, our ability to increase our revenues and improve our results of operations could be harmed.

        We anticipate that, in the future, we may need to expand certain areas of our business to grow our customer base and exploit market opportunities. In particular, we expect to face numerous challenges in the implementation of our business strategy to focus on selling our products to the larger, more established service providers. To manage our operations, we must, among other things, continue to implement and improve our operational, financial and management information systems, hire and train additional qualified personnel, continue to expand and upgrade core technologies and effectively manage multiple relationships with various customers, suppliers and other third-parties. We cannot assure you that our systems, procedures or controls will be adequate to support our operations or that our management will be able to achieve the rapid execution necessary to exploit fully the market for our products or systems. If we are unable to manage our operations effectively, our revenue, operations and share price could be harmed.

If we are unable to address the material weaknesses in our internal controls that our independent registered public accounting firm identified in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, such weaknesses could materially and adversely affect our ability to provide the public with timely and accurate material information about our company, which could harm our reputation and share price.

        In January 2004, our independent registered public accounting firm identified deficiencies in our internal controls that they considered to be material weaknesses. Based on these weaknesses, our CEO and CFO determined that, as of December 31, 2003, our disclosure controls and procedures were not sufficient to record, process, summarize and report information required to be reported within the time periods specified by the SEC and accumulated and communicated to our management, including our

10



CEO and CFO, to allow timely discussions regarding required disclosure. These material weaknesses related to our inventory and our accounts payable processes, both of which affect our balance sheet and may also affect our income statement reporting. We are currently working to fully address these issues. (See page 22 of this Form S-3/A for further discussion of these weaknesses.) In order for investors and the equity analyst community to make informed investment decisions and recommendations about our securities, it is important that we provide them with accurate and timely information in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") and the rules promulgated thereunder. If we cannot do so, investors will sell our shares and industry analysts will either make incorrect recommendations about our company or else end coverage of our company altogether, any of which results could harm our reputation and adversely impact our share price.

We are currently engaged in two securities class action lawsuits, either of which, if they were to result in an unfavorable resolution, could adversely affect our reputation, profitability and share price.

        We are currently engaged as a defendant in two lawsuits (i.e., In re Tut Systems, Inc. Securities Litigation and Whalen v. Tut Systems, Inc. et al.) that allege securities law violations against us and certain of our current and former officers and directors under Section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 10(b) and Rule 10b-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. While we have reached settlements with the plaintiffs in these lawsuits, the settlements are subject to certain contingencies, including court approval of the terms of settlement. If the courts do not approve these settlements, or any other applicable contingencies are not resolved or otherwise addressed, we would be required to resume litigation in these matters. If we were to resume litigation in these matters, there is no assurance that we would prevail and, if either of the outcomes of such litigation were unfavorable to us, our reputation, profitability and share price could be adversely affected.

If our products do not comply with complex government regulations, our product sales will suffer.

        We and our customers are subject to varying degrees of federal, state and local as well as foreign governmental regulation. Our products must comply with various regulations and standards defined by the Federal Communications Commission, or FCC. The FCC has issued regulations that set installation and equipment standards for communications systems. Our products are also required to meet certain safety requirements. For example, Underwriters Laboratories must certify certain of our products in order to meet federal safety requirements relating to electrical appliances to be used inside the home. In addition, certain products must be Network Equipment Building Standard certified before certain of our customers may deploy them. Any delay in or failure to obtain these approvals could harm our business, financial condition or results of operations. Outside of the United States, our products are subject to the regulatory requirements of each country in which our products are manufactured or sold. These requirements are likely to vary widely. If we do not obtain timely domestic or foreign regulatory approvals or certificates, we would not be able to sell our products where these regulations apply, which could prevent us from maintaining or growing our revenue or achieving profitability.

        In addition, regulation of our customers may adversely impact our business, operating results and financial condition. For example, FCC regulatory policies affecting the availability of data and Internet services and other terms on which telecommunications companies conduct their business may impede our entry into certain markets. In addition, the increasing demand for communications systems has exerted pressure on regulatory bodies worldwide to adopt new standards, generally following extensive investigation of competing technologies. The delays inherent in this governmental approval process may cause the cancellation, postponement or rescheduling of the installation of communications systems by our customers, which in turn may harm our sale of products to these customers.

11



If we lose key personnel or are unable to hire additional qualified personnel as necessary, we may not be able to manage our business successfully, which could materially and adversely affect our growth strategy, reputation and share price.

        We depend on the performance of Salvatore D'Auria, our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, and on other senior management and technical personnel with experience in the video and data communications, telecommunications and high-speed data access industries. The loss of any one of them could harm our ability to execute our business strategy, which could adversely affect our reputation and share price. Additionally, we do not have employment contracts with any of our executive officers. We believe that our future success will depend in large part on our continued ability to identify, hire, retain and motivate highly skilled employees who are in great demand. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so.

We routinely evaluate acquisition candidates and other diversification strategies.

        We have completed a number of acquisitions as part of our efforts to expand and diversify our business. For example, we acquired our video content processing and video transmission businesses from Tektronix in November 2002 when we purchased its subsidiary, VTC. We intend to continue to evaluate new acquisition candidates, divestiture and diversification strategies, and if we fail to manage the integration of acquired companies, it could adversely affect our operations and growth strategy. Any acquisition involves numerous risks, including difficulties in the assimilation of the acquired company's employees, operations and products, uncertainties associated with operating in new markets and working with new customers, and the potential loss of the acquired company's key employees. Additionally, we may incur unanticipated expenses, difficulties and other adverse consequences relating to the integration of technologies, research and development, and administrative and other functions. Any future acquisitions may also result in potentially dilutive issuances of our equity securities, acquisition or divestiture related write-offs and the assumption of debt and contingent liabilities. Any of the above factors could adversely affect our revenue, profitability, operations or growth strategy.


Risks Related to This Offering

Our stock price is volatile, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the offering price.

        The market price and trading volume of our common stock has been subject to significant volatility, and this trend may continue. In particular, trading volume historically has been low and the market price of our common stock has increased dramatically in recent months. Since the announcement of our acquisition of VTC, the closing price of our common stock, as traded on the Nasdaq National Market, has fluctuated from a low of $1.22 to a high of $7.49 per share. The value of our common stock may decline regardless of our operating performance or prospects. Factors affecting our market price include:

    our perceived prospects;

    variations in our operating results and whether we have achieved our key business targets;

    the limited number of shares of our common stock available for purchase or sale in the public markets;

    differences between our reported results and those expected by investors and securities analysts;

    announcements of new contracts, products or technological innovations by us or our competitors; and

    market reaction to any acquisitions, joint ventures or strategic investments announced by us or our competitors.

12


        Recent events have caused stock prices for many companies, including ours, to fluctuate in ways unrelated or disproportionate to their operating performance. The general economic, political and stock market conditions that may affect the market price of our common stock are beyond our control. The market price of our common stock at any particular time may not remain the market price in the future. In the past, securities class action litigation has been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the market price of their securities. Any such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management's attention and resources.

Future sales of shares of our common stock could cause our stock price to decline.

        Substantially all of our common stock may be sold without restriction in the public markets, subject only in the case of shares held by our officers and directors and affiliates to volume and manner of sale restrictions (other than as described in the following sentence). The approximately 3.3 million shares of common stock that we issued to Tektronix in connection with our November 2002 acquisition of VTC are restricted securities, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and therefore subject to certain restrictions. However, we are contractually obligated to file and keep effective a registration statement in order to allow Tektronix to sell these shares to the public. Likewise, Tektronix has the right (subject to certain exceptions) to include these shares in certain registration statements pursuant to which we may sell shares of our common stock, which applies to this registration statement on Form S-3/A.

        Sales of a substantial number of shares of common stock in the public market, whether or not in connection with this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur could materially and adversely affect our stock price and make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and price we deem appropriate.

The issuance of shares of our common stock in this offering may cause the market price of our stock to decline.

        Although our common stock is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, it does not have a high average trading volume. The reported sales price of our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market on June 8, 2004 was $3.08 per share. The 3,000,000 shares that we are offering through this prospectus represents 14.7% of our 20,328,698 outstanding shares of common stock as of March 31, 2004. After the completion of this offering, the market price of our common stock may decline in response to the introduction into a thinly traded public market for our common stock of the substantial number of additional shares that are being offered.

Management will have broad discretion over the allocation of proceeds from this offering.

        We currently intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes which may include repayment of indebtedness incurred with our acquisition of VTC. The effect of the offering will be to increase capital resources available to our management, which may allocate these capital resources as it determines is necessary. You will be relying on the judgment of our management with regard to the use of the capital resources generated by this offering. The net proceeds of this offering that are not used to repay indebtedness or for general corporate purposes shall be invested in short-term, interest-bearing, investment grade securities.

Our charter, bylaws, retention and change of control plans and Delaware law contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control.

        Certain provisions of our charter and bylaws and our retention and change of control plans, the "Plans," may have the effect of making it more difficult for a third-party to acquire, or of discouraging a third-party from attempting to acquire, control of us. The provisions of the charter and bylaws and

13



the Plans could limit the price that certain investors may be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. Our charter and bylaws provide for a classified board of directors, eliminate cumulative voting in the election of directors, restrict our stockholders from acting by written consent and calling special meetings, and provide for procedures for advance notification of stockholder nominations and proposals. In addition, our Board has the authority to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock and to determine the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, of those shares without any further vote or action by the stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible financings or acquisitions or other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third-party to acquire a majority of our outstanding voting stock. The Plans provide for severance payments and accelerated stock option vesting in the event of termination of employment following a change of control. The provisions of the charter and bylaws, and the Plans, as well as Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, to which we are subject, could discourage potential acquisition proposals, delay or prevent a change of control and prevent changes in our management.

14



USE OF PROCEEDS

        We will receive approximately $7.9 million from the sale of the 3,000,000 shares of common stock offered by us in this offering based on an assumed offering price of $3.08 per share (after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that we are to pay). If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we will receive approximately $8.8 million, after deducting the commissions and estimated expenses described in the previous sentence. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder.

        We currently intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes, which may include repayment of the approximately $3.6 million of indebtedness (which accrues at a compound annual interest rate of 8% and matures in November 2007) that we incurred in connection with our acquisition of VTC. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire other businesses, technologies or product lines that complement our existing business, although we have no present understandings or agreements to do so. Pending such uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in interest-bearing, investment grade securities.


PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

        Our common stock has been trading publicly on The Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "TUTS" since January 29, 1999. The table below sets forth the range of quarterly high and low closing sales prices for our common stock on The Nasdaq National Market during the calendar quarters indicated.

 
  High
  Low
2002            
  First Quarter   $ 2.44   $ 1.27
  Second Quarter     1.90     1.43
  Third Quarter     1.49     0.67
  Fourth Quarter     1.75     0.49
2003            
  First Quarter     1.60     1.23
  Second Quarter     4.65     1.45
  Third Quarter     5.96     2.94
  Fourth Quarter     6.66     4.47
2004            
  First Quarter     7.49     3.83
  Second Quarter (through June 8, 2004)   $ 4.66   $ 2.90

        On June 8, 2004, the closing sale price of our common stock as reported by The Nasdaq National Market was $3.08 per share. As of June 8, 2004, there were approximately 275 stockholders of record of our common stock.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

15



CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our actual capitalization as of March 31, 2004. The table also sets forth our as adjusted capitalization to give effect to the issuance and sale by us of 3,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed offering price of $3.08 (after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us).

        You should read this information in conjunction with "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  March 31, 2004
 
 
  Actual
  As Adjusted
 
 
  (in thousands, except share data)

 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 12,270   $ 20,141  
   
 
 
Long-term debt     3,603     3,603  
Stockholders' equity:              
  Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding, actual and as adjusted          
  Common stock, $0.001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 20,328,698 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 23,328,698 as adjusted     20     23  
Additional paid-in capital     305,865     313,733  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (80 )   (80 )
Accumulated deficit     (286,503 )   (286,503 )
   
 
 
Total stockholders' equity     19,302     27,173  
   
 
 
Total capitalization   $ 22,905   $ 30,776  
   
 
 

        The table assumes no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option and excludes the potential dilutive effect of the following securities:

    approximately 4,446,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2004, at a weighted average exercise price of $6.27 per share, under our stock options plans;

    approximately 1,283,000 additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 1998 Stock Plan, 1999 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan and our 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

16



DILUTION

        The net tangible book value of our common stock on March 31, 2004 was approximately $16,199,000 or $0.80 per share. Net tangible book value per share is equal to the amount of our total tangible assets, less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding. Dilution in the net tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by the purchasers of the shares of our common stock in this offering and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately afterwards. After giving effect to our sale of 3,000,000 shares of common stock we are offering through this prospectus, assuming a public offering price of $3.08 per share (after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses) our net tangible book value as of March 31, 2004 would have been approximately $24,070,000 or $1.03 per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $0.23 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $2.05 per share to new investors purchasing our common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution:

Assumed public offering price per share         $ 3.08
  Net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2004   $ 0.80      
  Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to existing stockholders     0.23      
Net tangible book value per share after this offering           1.03
Dilution per share to new investors immediately after this offering         $ 2.05

17



SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table presents our selected consolidated financial data for, and as of the end of, each of the periods indicated. The selected consolidated financial data for, and as of the end of, the fiscal years ended December 31, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The selected consolidated financial data for the quarters ended March 31, 2003 and 2004 has been derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectors, and reflects all adjustments, which include only recurring adjustments necessary to present fairly the Company's financial position for those periods. The financial data for 2001, 2002 and 2003 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period. The selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
  1999
  2000
  2001
  2002(5)
  2003(5)
  2003(5)
  2004(5)
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)

 
Statement of Operations Data:                                            
Total revenues   $ 27,807   $ 71,991   $ 13,748   $ 9,371   $ 32,192   $ 6,601   $ 6,177  
Cost of goods sold     15,459     69,983 (3)   40,489 (2)   13,909 (1)   15,646     3,259     5,129 (7)
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross profit (loss)     12,348     2,008     (26,741 )   (4,538 )   16,546     3,342     1,048  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating expenses                                            
  Sales and marketing     10,523     19,945     12,413     8,695     7,479     1,927     1,905  
  Research and development     7,618     17,149     15,044     12,337     7,909     2,086     1,822  
  General and administrative     4,884     34,487 (4)   10,148     5,060     4,476     1,202     1,117  
  Restructuring costs             2,311     9,147     292          
  In-process research and development     2,600     800     1,160     562              
  Impairment of intangible assets             32,551         128         202  
  Amortization of intangible assets     52     7,623     8,085     1,304     1,809     459     396  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total operating expenses     25,677     80,004     81,712     37,105     22,093     5,674     5,442  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss from operations     (13,329 )   (77,996 )   (108,453 )   (41,643 )   (5,547 )   (2,332 )   (4,394 )
Impairment of certain equity investments         (3,100 )       (592 )            
Interest and other income, net     1,595     6,998     4,127     610     30     101     (56 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss     (11,734 )   (74,098 )   (104,326 )   (41,625 )   (5,517 )   (2,231 )   (4,450 )
Dividend accretion on preferred stock     (235 )                        
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss attributable to common stockholders   $ (11,969 ) $ (74,098 ) $ (104,326 ) $ (41,625 ) $ (5,517 ) $ (2,231 ) $ (4,450 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted   $ (1.12 ) $ (4.98 ) $ (6.39 ) $ (2.45 ) $ (0.28 ) $ (0.11 ) $ (0.22 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted     10,729     14,866     16,326     16,957     19,996     19,801     20,297  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  December 31,
   
 
  March 31,
 
   
   
   
   
  2003
(Restated)(6)

 
  1999
  2000
  2001
  2002
  2004
 
  (in thousands)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:                                    
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 32,236   $ 102,614   $ 49,367   $ 25,571   $ 14,370   $ 12,270
Working capital     44,416     110,920     51,484     24,396     21,815     17,755
Total assets     65,356     205,588     78,992     39,729     42,771     39,133
Long-term debt                 3,262     3,523     3,603
Total stockholders' equity     51,522     166,173     66,096     28,231     23,655     19,302

(1)
Includes reserves for excess and obsolete inventory of $7,125.
(2)
Includes reserves for excess and obsolete inventory of $34,237.
(3)
Includes provision for loss on purchase commitments and abandoned products of $27,223.
(4)
Includes provision for doubtful accounts of $22,546.
(5)
Includes effect of acquisition of VideoTele.com on November 7, 2002.
(6)
See Note 2 to our financial statements regarding the restatement.
(7)
Includes reserves for excess and obsolete inventory of $974.

18



FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. These statements may generally be identified by the use of such words as "expect," "anticipate," "believe," "intend," "plan," "will," "shall" or other similar words. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events. Such forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements to differ materially from those projected in such statements. These risks and uncertainties include those set forth under "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and other similar statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus, including the documents that are incorporated by reference. In particular, our statements relating to video products providing most of our growth opportunities for the forseeable future, the growth in the number of telco video subscribers between 2003 and 2007, our anticipated release of products that support new and emerging technology standards and our expectation that customers outside will represent a growing portion of our revenue in the future are forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties.

        Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are based upon reasonable assumptions, no assurance can be given that such expectations will be attained or that any deviations will not be material. We disclaim any obligation or undertaking to disseminate any updates or revision to any forward-looking statement contained herein or reflect any change in our expectations with regard thereto or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based.

19




MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

Our Business

        We design, develop, and sell digital video processing systems that enable telephony-based service providers to deliver broadcast quality digital video signals across their networks. We refer to these systems as digital TV headends or video content processing systems. We also offer digital video processing systems that enable private enterprise and government entities to transport video signals across satellite, fiber, radio, or copper facilities for surveillance, distance learning, and TV production applications.

        We also offer broadband transport and service management products that enable the provisioning of high speed Internet access and other broadband data services over existing copper networks within hotels and private campus facilities.

Our History

        Prior to November 2002, most of our sales were derived from our broadband transport and service management products. In 2000 and 2001, we acquired three companies (FreeGate Corporation, Xstreamis Limited and ActiveTelco, Inc.) and the assets from two other companies (OneWorld Systems, Inc. and ViaGate Technologies, Inc.) in order to expand our sales of broadband transport and service management products. However, the significant downturn in the world economy in general, and the telecommunications market in particular, beginning in late 2000 had a severe and sustained adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our sales of broadband transport and service management products decreased substantially beginning in 2001, which required us to take a number of restructuring efforts and incur significant impairment and other charges in order to realign our cost structure in light of the economic environment. For the period January 1, 2001 through December 31, 2002, we incurred an aggregate of $32.6 million in intangible asset impairment charges and $11.5 million in restructuring charges. In 2003, sales from our broadband transport and service management products stabilized, as we began to experience an improvement in sales of broadband transport and service management products to the hospitality industry.

        With our November 2002 acquisition of Tektronix's subsidiary VTC, we extended our product offerings to add video processing systems for digital TV headends and for the transmission of video signals over private and government networks. The acquisition of VTC resulted in significant changes in our business, including: (1) changes in our organizational structure and employee staffing; (2) relocation of our administrative offices, executive offices (as of January 2004) and a significant portion of our operations from Pleasanton, California to Lake Oswego, Oregon, the prior headquarters of VTC; (3) an expansion of our sales and marketing efforts to include VTC products; and (4) a reprioritization of our research and development efforts to focus on products that we acquired in our acquisition of VTC. With our acquisition of VTC, sales of video processing systems now represent a majority of our total revenues and will provide most of our growth opportunities in the foreseeable future.

        We earn revenue primarily by selling video content processing systems both directly and through resellers to telecommunications service providers. We also earn revenue by selling video transmission systems to TV broadcasters, government agencies and educational institutions, and by selling broadband transport and service management products directly and through distributors to the hospitality industry and to owners of private multi-tenant campus facilities.

        Prior to our acquisition of VTC, international sales represented 56.3% and 43.0% of our total sales in 2001 and 2002, respectively. Since our acquisition of VTC, international sales have represented

20



a smaller percentage of our overall business relative to prior years, though international sales are still a material portion of our total sales. In 2003 and the first quarter of 2004, international sales represented 18.4% and 11.2%, respectively of our total sales.

Material Trends and Uncertainties

        We pay close attention to and monitor various trends and uncertainties about our business. There is a growing demand by independent operating telephone companies to offer video services to their customer base. According to a report released by InStat/MDR in April 2003, the number of telco video subscribers worldwide will increase from 572,000 at the end of 2003 to over 19.0 million by the end of 2007. While this growing market presents opportunities to serve a larger customer base, we are also seeing the emergence of intense competition as more companies compete to sell digital TV headend products. We expect this market space will continue to become more competitive in the future. As we begin to target larger telco customers, we expect to compete with larger public companies, including Harmonic, Motorola and Tandberg Television. Our immediate competitors in the digital TV headend markets are primarily small private companies that are focused on a more narrow product line than ours and thereby may be able to devote substantially more targeted resources to developing, marketing and selling new products than we are able to. In addition, these companies may become targets for acquisition by larger companies, in which case we would face competitors with substantially greater name recognition, and technical, financial and marketing resources than we have. This increased competitive pressure may adversely affect the amount and timing of our revenue in future periods, thereby making it more difficult for us to accurately forecast our future revenue, and may also adversely affect our product and service margins.

        The emergence of new technologies to serve the digital TV headend market means that we must continue to invest in these new technologies to maintain our market position. Digital subscriber line, or DSL, technologies use sophisticated signal blending techniques to transmit data through copper wires. The limitations on the amount of data that can be transmitted in a fixed amount of time (such limitations are referred to as bandwidth) and the distance data may be transmitted using copper wire constrain both the number of video channels that may be delivered simultaneously and the number of customers that are reachable from a telco central office over a DSL network. Emerging advancements in video compression technology will soon enable high quality video streams to be transported at lower data transfer rates than currently deployed. These emerging compression advancements also introduce the possibility of delivering high-definition television over bandwidth constrained asymmetric DSL, or ADSL, lines for the first time. ADSL is a new technology that allows more data to be transmitted over existing copper telephone lines compared with standard DSL. Additionally, DSL advancements are emerging that expand the available bandwidth from the telco to the subscriber thereby supporting higher DSL data transfer rates over longer distances. As our products continue to incorporate these new technological advancements, we expect the demand for our products will increase because our products will enable more telcos to reach more of their customers with a greater number of video channels. However, because of the increasing competition in the markets in which we compete, regardless of our revenue and product and service margins in future periods, we will have to continue to devote significant resources to research and development in future periods in order to continue to offer our customers competitive products that incorporate these emerging technologies. As a consequence, we expect that our research and development expenses will increase throughout the remainder of 2004 relative to our spending in 2003.

        As we continue to capitalize on the growing number of telcos deploying video services in the United States and abroad, we will also have to continue to aggressively market our new and existing products and expand our marketing and sales efforts domestically and internationally. Nevertheless, our operations have been and will continue to be subject to pressure from weakness in the overall technology sector as well as the digital media industry. During the first quarter of 2004, the amount of

21



time required for us to complete a sale with a customer increased, in part because customers delayed purchasing decisions. The deferral of customer orders reduced our expected revenue in the first quarter of 2004. We believe the lengthening of the purchase decision by prospective customers is the result of several factors affecting the overall digital TV headend market. Such factors include, but are not limited to, the introduction of advanced compression technologies later this year and early next year, the transition to more efficient data transmission technologies and the emergence of video signal encryption requirements. Therefore, given the opportunities offered by the growing number of telcos deploying video services and the lengthening of the sales cycle, we expect to maintain our sales and marketing expenses at levels consistent with our future revenue expectations.

        We have been operating at a loss since inception and, based on expected revenues, we anticipate that we will continue to operate at loss during the remainder of 2004. As we announced on April 26, 2004, we expect revenues during the second quarter of 2004 to increase by 5% compared with our first quarter of 2004 and our gross margin to be approximately 40%. However, continued or increased deferral of orders by our potential customers may result in reduced revenues in future quarters and would adversely affect our results of operations.

Internal Controls and Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2003. This evaluation included various steps that our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer undertook in an effort to ensure that our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our SEC reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC and accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely discussions regarding required disclosure. This evaluation also included consideration of our internal controls and procedures for the preparation of our financial statements.

        In January 2004 in connection with the completion of its audit of our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the Company's independent registered public accounting firm, advised management and the audit committee of the Board of Directors that it had identified deficiencies in our internal controls and processes relating to inventory management and reporting that it considers to be material weaknesses, as defined by Statement on Auditing Standards No. 60, "Communication of Internal Control Related Matters Noted in an Audit." The material weaknesses that PricewaterhouseCoopers identified related to inventory controls and the accounts payable process for the Company's Videotele.com business, which the Company acquired in November 2002. Specifically:

    1.
    Our internal controls are inadequate to properly record our inventory quantities in an accurate and timely manner; and

    2.
    Our accounts payable process failed to adequately reconcile our accounts payable records with suppliers' records, considering what the suppliers had shipped to us prior to period end.

        While these material weaknesses had an immaterial effect on our reported results, they nevertheless constitute deficiencies in our disclosure controls. In light of these material weaknesses and the requirements enacted by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related rules and regulations adopted by the SEC, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2003, our disclosure controls and procedures needed improvement and were not effective. Despite those deficiencies in our disclosure controls, management believes that there are no material inaccuracies, or omissions of material facts necessary to make the statements not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made, in this Form S-3.

22



        At the time of our acquisition of the Videotele.com business in November 2002, we had in place disclosure controls and procedures and processes for our existing business (i.e., our pre-November 2002 business) that our CEO and CFO at the time believed to be sufficient to record, process, summarize and report information required to be reported within the time periods specified by the SEC. Likewise, we had in place internal controls that our CEO and CFO believed at the time of the VTC acquisition to be sufficient to "provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles."

        Since December 31, 2002, we have continued to review our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls periodically in connection with our Form 10-Q filings. Throughout 2003, our CEO and CFO have continued to believe that our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls have allowed us to provide all material and necessary disclosure in a timely manner, as required by the Exchange Act and the applicable rules thereunder.

        In January 2004, during the audit of our financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, PricewaterhouseCoopers discovered the material weaknesses noted above and brought these weaknesses to our attention. Based on discussions with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and the audit committee of our Board of Directors, we worked throughout our year-end 2003 accounting close and audit to identify the nature, scope and materiality of these weaknesses in our internal controls and their impact on our fiscal year 2003 financial statements and to determine the extent to which these internal control weaknesses might adversely affect our disclosure controls and procedures. Based on further detailed review of our internal controls as they relate to inventory and accounts payable during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, we determined that the accounts payable process had failed to record certain liabilities associated with VTC products that we purchased, principally from our contract manufacturer and certain other suppliers. We quantified this internal control weakness relating to accounts payable recordation by reconciling our records to that of our contract manufacturer and reviewing our liabilities with other vendors. We quantified the inventory process control weakness by taking complete physical inventories at each VTC inventory location and reconciling the results to our records. Upon completion of our analysis and testing, we identified an additional charge of approximately $34,000 to cost of goods sold related to the internal control weaknesses identified above. We recorded this charge prior to issuing our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003. In addition to our review of the financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, we re-confirmed that our accounts payable recordation and inventory controls were effective for the year ended December 31, 2002.

        During our review of these internal controls weaknesses, we identified the cause of these internal control weaknesses to be the result of prior VTC accounting staff turnover that occurred during the first quarter of 2003. During this quarter, key accounting staff of VTC left the company without sufficient time to transition all of the internal controls and institutional knowledge to our remaining finance and accounting staff.

        In addition to identifying the above two internal control weaknesses relating to inventory and the accounts payable process, we also tested our other internal controls to determine whether there were other such material weaknesses aside from the inventory and accounts payable weaknesses mentioned above that affected our financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003. In particular, we tested our other internal controls by reviewing processes, analytical reviews and substantive testing that included other third-party confirmations and by reviewing activity subsequent to year-end 2003. Based on these tests, we did not identify any other material weaknesses in internal controls. Therefore, our CEO and CFO believed at the time of the original filing of the Form 10-K on February 2, 2004 that they had reasonable grounds to conclude that the weaknesses in internal controls related solely to those items mentioned above and resulted in an immaterial charge of approximately $34,000.

23



        Based on their review of our internal controls as described above, our CEO and CFO also assessed our disclosure controls and procedures for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003. Our CEO and CFO believed at the time of the original filing of the Form 10-K that they had reasonable grounds to conclude that, other than the inventory and accounts payable weaknesses that PricewaterhouseCoopers had identified, there were no other material weaknesses in our disclosure controls and procedures and that the information required to be reported in the Form 10-K was recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the applicable Exchange Act rules.

        In order to ensure that we have eliminated the two weaknesses in our internal controls for purposes of future reporting, we have undertaken significant efforts to improve our processes and procedures as they relate to inventory reporting and accounts payable reconciliation. The audit committee is taking an active role in these efforts, including overseeing management's implementation of corrective measures. With respect to inventory management, we will perform physical inventory counts at least at the end of each quarter. We are implementing improved inventory systems and accounting controls and have hired an additional full-time staff accountant to account for and control our inventory accounting, given our operations manager company-wide responsibility for inventory management, will be expanding our inventory receiving process to include remote locations, as appropriate and reconciling inventory to each customer order and have reiterated to key operations and accounting personnel the importance of proper inventory management and control. Regarding accounts payable reconciliation, we will confirm our key accounts payable balances with our vendors and reconcile the confirmations to our accounting records on a quarterly basis.

        Management believes that the controls and procedures identified above will address the conditions identified by PricewaterhouseCoopers as material weaknesses. These changes will become permanent elements of our internal controls. We are now confident that we have and are in the process of implementing the proper level of controls to correct the material weaknesses. We plan to continue to monitor the effectiveness of our internal controls and procedures on an ongoing basis and will take further action as appropriate.

Definitions for Discussion of Results of Operations

        Our discussion of our results of operations focuses on the following items from our income statement: Total revenues consists of product sales, and license and royalty fees. Product revenue consists of sales of our video processing systems, which includes both digital TV headend and video transmission systems. Product revenue also consists of revenue from our broadband transport and service management products. License and royalty fees consist of non-refundable license fees and royalties received by us for products sold by our licensees. Since our acquisition of VTC, a large part of our quarterly revenue has been associated with the sale of digital TV headends. Furthermore, each individual headend sale has represented a significant portion of our revenue for each quarter. If we were to sell even one less system than our forecasted number of headend sales per quarter, our quarterly revenue would be materially impacted. As we did not enter into any new license or royalty agreements during 2001, 2002 or 2003 or for the first quarter of 2004, we expect that our license and royalty revenue will decrease in the foreseeable future. Cost of goods sold, or COGS, consists of costs related to raw materials, contract manufacturing, personnel, overhead, test and quality assurance for products, and the cost of licensed technology included in our products. Raw materials, contract manufacturing and licensed technology are the principal elements of COGS and vary directly with product sales. Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of selling and marketing personnel costs, including sales commissions, travel, trade shows, promotions and outside services. Research and development expense consists primarily of personnel and facilities costs, contract consultants, outside testing services, and equipment and supplies associated with enhancing existing products and developing new products. General and administrative expense consists primarily of personnel costs for administrative officers and support personnel, professional services and insurance expenses.

24



Amortization of intangible assets consists primarily of expenses associated with the amortization of technology and patents related to prior years' acquisitions.

Restatement

        Subsequent to issuance of the December 31, 2003 consolidated financial statements, management determined that it should have reflected a liability of $10 million for the In re: Tut Systems Inc. Securities Litigation matter (see Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements) and $725,000 for the Lefkowitz v. D'Auria matter (see Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements) as of December 31, 2003. In addition, the consolidated financial statements should have reflected a receivable from the Company's insurance carriers of $10,725,000. Consequently, the Company has restated its December 31, 2003 balance sheet to reflect these matters. These adjustments had no effect on the consolidated statements of operations, the consolidated statements of stockholders' equity or the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Results of Operations

Three Months Ended March 31, 2003 and 2004

        The following table sets forth items from our statements of operations as a percentage of total revenues for the periods indicated:

 
  Three months ended March 31,
 
 
  2003
  2004
 
Total revenues   100.0 % 100.0 %
Cost of goods sold   49.4   83.0  
   
 
 
  Gross profit (loss)   50.6   17.0  
   
 
 
Operating expenses:          
  Sales and marketing   29.2   30.8  
  Research and development   31.6   29.5  
  General and administrative   18.2   18.1  
  Impairment of intangible assets     3.3  
  Amortization of intangible assets   7.0   6.4  
   
 
 
    Total operating expenses   86.0   88.1  
   
 
 
Loss from operations   (35.3 ) (71.1 )
Interest and other income, net   1.5   (0.9 )
   
 
 
Net loss   (33.8 )% (72.0 )%
   
 
 

        Total Revenues.    For the three months ended March 31, 2004, our total revenues decreased by 6.4% to $6.2 million from $6.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003. During this same period, our product revenue decreased by 3.8% to $6.2 million from $6.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003. This $0.2 million decrease in product revenue was due primarily to the adverse effect of several digital TV headend sales not closing in the quarter as expected. While the market for digital TV headend sales continues to expand, a variety of factors are causing many of our prospective customers to delay their purchase decision. Sales of broadband transport and service management products increased from $1.7 million in the first quarter of 2003 to $1.9 million in the first quarter of 2004. For the three months ended March 31, 2004, our license and royalty revenue decreased to $18,000 from $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003.

25



        Cost of Goods Sold.    For the three months ended March 31, 2004, our cost of goods sold increased by $1.8 million to $5.1 million from $3.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003. The increase in cost of goods sold was due to a $1.0 million increase in our reserves for obsolete inventory and a lower of cost or market adjustment for certain inventory components, an increase in material costs of $0.2 million, direct labor and other direct expenses of $0.5 million related to completion of certain project installations, and other miscellaneous expenses of $0.1 million. Our gross profit decreased by $2.3 million to $1.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 from $3.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003. This decrease in gross profit was due to an increase of $1.0 million in inventory reserves and a gross margin decrease of $1.5 million relating to our video content processing products. The decrease in our gross margin was partially offset by an increase of $0.2 million attributable to our broadband transport and service management products.

        Sales and Marketing.    For the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, our sales and marketing expenses remained consistent at $1.9 million.

        Research and Development.    For the three months ended March 31, 2004, our research and development expense decreased by 12.7% to $1.8 million from $2.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003. The $0.3 million decrease in our research and development expense for the first quarter of 2004 when compared with the same period in 2003 was due to a decrease of $0.3 million in personnel related costs. We continued to reduce research and development expenses in the first quarter of 2004 to bring them into better alignment with our current revenues. We expect that our research and development expenses will increase throughout the remainder of 2004. Our capital expenditures for research and development were $0.1 million and $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. We expect capital expenditures for research and development to decrease in 2004.

        General and Administrative.    For the three months ended March 31, 2004, our general and administrative expense decreased by 7.1% to $1.1 million from $1.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003. The $0.1 million decrease in our general and administrative expense for the first quarter of 2004 when compared with the same period in 2003 was due to decreases of $0.2 million in personnel costs from a workforce reduction in the third quarter of 2003 and $0.1 million in insurance expenses, partially offset by an increase of $0.2 million in professional services expenses.

        Impairment of Intangible Assets.    During the first quarter of 2004, we determined that certain of the technology acquired as part of the purchase of the ViaGate Technology assets had become impaired. As a result, we recorded an impairment charge of $0.2 million to write off the book value of the intangible assets associated with this technology. There was no such impairment for the three months ended March 31, 2003.

        Amortization of Intangible Assets.    Amortization of intangible assets is comprised of intangibles related to the acquisitions of Xstreamis Limited in 2000, and VTC in 2002. The remaining intangible assets subject to amortization from these acquisitions consist primarily of completed technology and patents. For the three months ended March 31, 2004, amortization of intangible assets decreased by 13.7% to $0.4 million from $0.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003. The $0.1 decrease for the first quarter of 2004 when compared with the same period in 2003 was due to a reduction in amortization expense, from an intangible asset reaching full amortization in the fourth quarter of 2003.

        Interest and Other Income, Net.    Interest and other income, net consists primarily of interest income and expense and foreign currency exchange gains and losses. For the three months ended March 31, 2004, our interest and other income, decreased to a net expense of $0.1 million from a net interest and other income of $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003. The decrease in the first quarter of 2004 of $0.2 million compared with the first quarter of 2003 was primarily the result

26



of lower interest rates on lower average cash balances and increased interest expense associated with the $3.2 million note issued in connection with our purchase of VTC in November 2002.

Years Ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003.

        Our acquisition of VTC has had a significant impact on every aspect of our financial statements since November 2002. This impact is reflected in the following discussion of our operating results for fiscal year 2003 relative to 2002 and years prior to 2002. This should be considered when evaluating our period-to-period comparisons of 2003 relative to years prior to 2003.

        The following table sets forth items from our statements of operations as a percentage of total revenues for the periods indicated:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2001
  2002
  2003
 
Total revenues   100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 %
Cost of goods sold   294.5   148.4   48.6  
   
 
 
 
Gross profit (loss)   (194.5 ) (48.4 ) 51.4  
   
 
 
 
Operating expenses:              
  Sales and marketing   90.3   92.8   23.2  
  Research and development   109.4   131.7   24.6  
  General and administrative   73.8   54.0   13.9  
  Restructuring costs   16.8   97.6   0.9  
  In-process research and development   8.4   6.0    
  Impairment of intangible assets   236.8     0.4  
  Amortization of intangible assets   58.8   13.9   5.6  
   
 
 
 
    Total operating expenses   594.4   396.0   68.6  
   
 
 
 
Loss from operations   (788.9 ) (444.4 ) (17.2 )
Impairment of certain equity investments     (6.3 )  
Interest and other income, net   30.1   6.5   0.1  
   
 
 
 
Net loss   (758.8 )% (444.2 )% (17.1 )%
   
 
 
 

        Total Revenues.    For the year ended December 31, 2003, our total revenues increased by 243.5% to $32.2 million from $9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. During this same period, our product revenue increased by 266.7% to $31.5 million from $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. This $22.9 million increase in product revenue was due solely to the sale of our video processing systems. Fiscal year 2003 was the first full year that included revenue from our VTC acquisition in November 2002. During 2003, we experienced a growing demand for our video processing systems from independent operating telephone companies as they in turn experienced increasing demand for video services in the markets they serve. Product revenue from the sale of our broadband transport and service management products changed by less than 0.5% from 2002 to 2003. We operate in a single business segment across two related markets. We measure our product revenue by our two product lines only and therefore are unable to further quantify the impact of individual products on our revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2003, our license and royalty revenue decreased by 9.0% to $0.7 million from $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. We expect sales related to VTC products to continue to increase for the remainder of 2004 and sales relating to our broadband transport and service management products to also increase for the remainder of 2004, but at a lower rate of increase.

27


        For the year ended December 31, 2002, our product revenue decreased by 33.3% to $8.6 million from $12.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. This year-over-year decrease of $4.3 million in product revenue was primarily due to decreased sales of our broadband transport and service management products of $5.4 million, partially offset by sales of our video processing systems of $1.1 million. For the year ended December 31, 2002, our license and royalty revenue decreased by 10.5% to $0.8 million from $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2001.

        Cost of Goods Sold.    For the year ended December 31, 2003, our cost of goods sold increased by 12.5% to $15.6 million from $13.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. Cost of goods sold increased by $1.7 million between 2002 and 2003, primarily due to costs associated with increased product sales, particularly from sales related to video processing systems of $11.3 million, partially offset by the effects of changes in our reserves for excess and obsolete inventories of $8.6 million and decreases in costs associated with sales of our broadband transport and service management products of $1.0 million. In 2003, we reduced our reserves for excess and obsolete inventories by $1.5 million because we were able to sell certain products for which we had originally set aside reserves in prior years. These reserves were primarily related to the costs of raw materials and finished goods in excess of what we reasonably expected to sell in the foreseeable future based on the continued decline in the telecommunications market and current economic conditions. These changes in reserves are reflected in cost of goods sold. Our gross profit improved in 2003 compared to 2002 due to the increased sales volume relating to VTC products resulting in a gross margin increase of $11.5 million, reduction in cost of goods sold for our broadband transport and service management products of $1.0 million and the effect of changes in our reserves of $8.6 million.

        For the year ended December 31, 2002, our cost of goods sold decreased by 65.6% to $13.9 million from $40.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. This $26.6 million decrease in cost of goods sold between 2002 and 2001 was primarily due to a smaller provision for excess and obsolete inventory in 2002 of $7.1 million compared with a provision of $34.2 million in 2001, and decreased cost of sales of our broadband transport and service management products of $0.8 million partially offset by increased cost of goods sold of $1.3 million for our video processing systems. The large provision for reserves in 2001 was a result of industry-wide developments during 2000 and 2001 that included the write down of significant amounts of inventory by our competitors, the proliferation of lower-priced competitive products resold as a result of competitors' bankruptcies and write-offs, a protracted slowdown in the broader telecommunications market and the indefinite postponement of capital expenditures by our customers.

        Sales and Marketing.    For the year ended December 31, 2003, our sales and marketing expenses decreased by 14.0% to $7.5 million from $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The decrease of $1.2 million in sales and marketing expense in 2003 when compared with 2002 was due to a year-over-year decrease of $0.4 million of personnel related costs a $0.3 million decrease in depreciation expense and a $0.5 million decrease in facilities and infrastructure expenses.

        For the year ended December 31, 2002, sales and marketing expense decreased by 30.0% to $8.7 million from $12.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. The decrease of $3.7 million in sales and marketing expense in 2002 compared with 2001 included a decrease in travel expenses of $0.5 million, a decrease of $2.0 million in personnel related costs, and a $0.4 million decrease in outside services expenses. These cost reductions were made to reduce our expenses in response to our declining revenues. Also contributing to the year-over-year decrease was a $0.4 million reduction in commission expenses resulting from lower revenue in 2002 when compared with 2001.

        Research and Development.    For the year ended December 31, 2003, our research and development expense decreased by 35.9% to $7.9 million from $12.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The $4.4 million decrease in our research and development expense for 2003 when compared with 2002 was primarily due to a year-over-year decrease of $1.8 million in personnel related

28



costs, a $1.2 million decrease in project materials costs and a $1.3 million decrease in facilities and infrastructure expenses. We continued to reduce research and development expenses in 2003 to bring them into better alignment with our current revenues. Our capital expenditures for research and development were $0.3 million in 2002 and $1.1 million in 2003.

        For the year ended December 31, 2002, our research and development expense decreased by 18.0% to $12.3 million from $15.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. The decrease of $2.7 million in our research and development expense in 2002 when compared with 2001 was primarily due to workforce reductions related to our restructuring efforts, which resulted in a year-over-year decrease of $2.1 million in our personnel related costs, a $0.8 million decrease in consulting expenses, $0.3 million reduction in facilities expenses and a $0.1 million decrease in travel-related expenses. The decrease in 2002 relative to 2001 was also due to the $0.5 million year-over-year decrease in non-cash compensation expense, which consisted of amortization of deferred compensation and notes receivable forgiveness in 2002. These decreases in 2002 research and development expense relative to 2001 were partially offset by a $0.8 million increase in project materials expenses in 2002 relative to 2001.

        General and Administrative.    For the year ended December 31, 2003, our general and administrative expense decreased by 11.5% to $4.5 million from $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The $0.6 million decrease in our general and administrative expense for 2003 when compared with 2002 included decreases of $0.4 million in personnel expenses, $0.6 million in depreciation expense, $0.7 million in professional services expenses, and $0.6 million in insurance. Partially offsetting these year-over-year expense reductions was the benefit of a $2.3 million bad debt recovery in 2002 that was not repeated in 2003. We recorded as an expense $10.7 million relating to our pending settlement of certain litigation matters. We also recorded an equal and offsetting gain to reflect the fact that, as of December 31, 2003, our insurance carriers had agreed to pay the settlement amounts.

        For the year ended December 31, 2002, our general and administrative expense decreased by 50.1% to $5.1 million from $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. The $5.0 million decrease in our general and administrative expense for 2002 when compared with 2001 was primarily due to workforce reductions related to our restructuring efforts, which resulted in a year-over-year decrease of $1.3 million in personnel-related costs. The decrease in year-over-year expenses was also due to $1.3 million in professional expenses, $0.9 million in bad debt expense, $0.5 million in bad debt recovery and $0.5 million in depreciation expense.

        Restructuring Costs.    We incurred restructuring costs of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, $9.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 and $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2001.

        In August 2003, we implemented a restructuring program that included a workforce reduction and relocation. This restructuring program resulted in restructuring costs of $0.3 million in the third quarter of 2003. The restructuring costs consisted of $0.2 million in workforce reduction charges related primarily to severance and fringe benefits and $0.1 million in relocation expenses. As a result of this 2003 restructuring, we reduced our workforce by approximately 11.0%.

        In August 2002, we implemented a restructuring program that included a workforce reduction, closure of our New Jersey research and development facility, and disposal of certain of our fixed assets. As a result of this restructuring program, we recorded restructuring costs of $0.9 million in the third quarter of 2002. These restructuring costs consisted of $0.5 million in workforce reduction charges relating primarily to severance and fringe benefits and $0.4 million relating to closure of the New Jersey facility. In November 2002, we undertook further restructuring efforts that included an additional workforce reduction, the termination of our Pleasanton, California facility lease and disposal of certain fixed assets. As a result of these November 2002 efforts, we recorded restructuring costs of $8.3 million, comprising severance and employee outplacement expenses of approximately $0.6 million,

29



$2.4 million to terminate our Pleasanton, California lease early, $2.3 million for abandonment of leasehold improvements, $2.4 million for abandonment of fixed assets and $0.5 million to terminate various equipment leases. In aggregate, we reduced our workforce by approximately 53.0% in fiscal 2002.

        In April 2001, we implemented a restructuring program that included a 28.0% reduction in our workforce, closure of excess facilities, and the disposition of certain fixed assets. As a result of this restructuring program, we recorded restructuring costs of $2.1 million in the second quarter of 2001. These restructuring costs were comprised of $1.2 million in workforce reduction charges relating primarily to severance and related benefits, $0.8 million relating to closure of excess facilities and $0.1 million in other fixed assets retired as a result of the workforce reductions. In October 2001, we further reduced our workforce by an additional 11.0%, which resulted in restructuring costs of $0.2 million during the fourth quarter of 2001, for severance and related benefits payments.

        In-Process Research and Development.    During the year ended December 31, 2003 we did not incur any expenses related to in-process research and development. Amounts expensed as in-process research and development were $0.6 million in 2002 and $1.2 million in 2001.

        For the year ended December 31, 2002, our in-process research and development expense of $0.6 million was solely related to in-process research and development purchased from VTC in November 2002. We expensed the purchased in-process technology upon acquisition because technological feasibility of the technology had not been established and there were no future alternative uses for the technology. We estimated the in-process technology percentage of completion to be 20%, 40% and 50% for the Astria, M2 and software product lines, respectively. We determined the value of this in-process technology by estimating the cost to develop the purchased in-process technology into a commercially viable product, estimating the net cash flows from the sale of the product after the completion of the in-process technology and discounting the net cash flows back to their present value using a risk-weighted discount rate of 30%. Research and development costs to bring in-process technology from VTC to technological feasibility were completed in 2003.

        For the year ended December 31, 2001, the in-process research and development expense of $1.2 million was solely related to in-process research and development purchased from ActiveTelco during the first quarter of 2001. We expensed the purchased in-process technology upon acquisition because technological feasibility of the technology had not been established and there were no future alternative uses for the technology. We estimated the in-process technology percentage of completion to be 75%. We determined the value of this in-process technology by estimating the cost to develop the purchased in-process technology into a commercially viable product, estimating the net cash flows from the sale of the product after the completion of the in-process technology and discounting the net cash flows back to their present value using a risk-weighted discount rate of 30%. Research and development costs to bring in-process technology from ActiveTelco to technological feasibility did not have a material impact on our results of operations or cash flows.

        Impairment of Intangible Assets.    During the second quarter of 2003, we determined that certain of the technology acquired as part of the purchase of the ViaGate assets had become impaired. As a result, we recorded an impairment charge of $0.1 million to write off the book value of the intangible assets associated with this technology. There was no such impairment for the year ended December 31, 2002.

        During the year ended December 31, 2001, we recorded $32.6 million in impairment of intangible assets. Of this $32.6 million, we recorded a $2.7 million impairment charge in the first quarter of 2001 to write off the completed technology and patents of FreeGate. This resulted from our decision not to pursue further incorporation of the related OneGate product and other intellectual property acquired from FreeGate into the design of future products. In addition, we recorded a $29.9 million impairment charge in the third quarter of 2001 to write off all of the remaining goodwill and assembled workforce

30


and reduce the book value of our completed technology and patents. We determined the amount of the charge based on estimated discounted future cash flows using a discount rate of 20%. We used our best estimates to make assumptions about future cash flows (including the discount rate) and considered a number of underlying factors that contributed to the decline in expected future cash flows, including a continued slowdown in the telecommunications market, and the indefinite postponement of capital expenditures, particularly within the hospitality industry.

        Amortization of Intangible Assets.    Amortization of intangible assets is comprised of intangibles related to the acquisitions of Vintel in 1999, FreeGate, OneWorld assets and Xstreamis in 2000, ActiveTelco and ViaGate assets in 2001, and VTC in 2002. The remaining intangible assets subject to amortization from these acquisitions consist primarily of completed technology and patents. For the year ended December 31, 2003, amortization of intangible assets increased by 38.5% to $1.8 million from $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The $0.5 million increase in 2003 when compared with 2002 was primarily the result of a full year of the additional amortization associated with the intangible assets arising from our VTC acquisition in November 2002.

        For the year ended December 31, 2002, amortization of intangible assets decreased by 83.9% to $1.3 million from $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. The decrease of $6.8 million in 2002 when compared with 2001 was a result of our recording of an impairment of intangible assets totaling $32.6 million in 2001 that relates to our acquisitions in 1999 and 2000. As of December 31, 2003, intangible assets totaling $3.5 million that relate to our acquisitions in 2000 and 2002, remain to be amortized.

        Impairment of Certain Equity Investments.    Impairment of certain equity investments consisted of the recognition of expense related to the write-off of $0.6 million invested in one privately-held company during the year ended December 31, 2002. The value of our investment was impaired due to uncertainty associated with the on-going viability of this business in the current network infrastructure industry. There was no such impairment of our equity investments for the year ended December 31, 2003.

        Interest and Other Income, Net.    Interest and other income, net consists primarily of interest income and expense and foreign currency exchange gains and losses. For the year ended December 31, 2003, our interest and other income, net decreased to $0.0 million from $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The decrease in 2003 of $0.6 million compared with 2002 was primarily the result of lower interest rates on lower average cash balances and increased interest expense associated with the $3.2 million note issued in connection with our purchase of VTC in November 2002.

        For the year ended December 31, 2002, our interest and other income, net decreased by 85.2% to $0.6 million from $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. The decrease of $3.5 million in 2002 compared with 2001 was primarily the result of lower interest rates on lower average cash balances.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Cash and cash equivalents totaled $12.3 million at March 31, 2004, compared with cash and cash equivalents of $14.4 million at December 31, 2003, reflecting a net reduction in cash and cash equivalents of $2.1 million.

        Cash used in operating activities was $1.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004, compared with $4.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003. The reduced cash used in operating activities was primarily due to a decrease in accounts receivable due to lower revenue levels in the first quarter of 2004 and an increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities due to an increase in end of quarter purchases offset by an increase in prepaid expenses. We recorded a provision for inventory within cost of goods sold totaling $1.0 million in the first quarter of 2004, related to the

31



costs of raw materials and finished goods in excess of what we reasonably expected to sell in the foreseeable future as of the first quarter of 2004. We also reduced inventory costs to market value.

        Additions to property and equipment were $0.7 million in the first quarter of 2004, compared with $0.3 million in the first quarter of 2003, primarily reflecting an increased investment in research and development assets. In 2004 we expect capital expenditures to be comparable to 2003. We expect these capital expenditures to be funded from operations.

        The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2003:

 
  Payments due by period
Contractual obligations

  Total
  Less than
1 year

  1-3
years

  3-5
years

  More than
5 years

Long-Term Debt Obligations   $ 3,523   $   $   $ 3,523   $
Operating Lease Obligations     1,221     955     266        
Purchase Obligations     1,009     1,009            
Other Long-Term Liabilities     44         44        
   
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 5,797   $ 1,964   $ 310   $ 3,523   $

        The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of March 31, 2004:

 
  Payments due by period
Contractual obligations

  Total
  Less than
1 year

  1-3
years

  3-5
years

  More than
5 years

Long-Term Debt Obligations   $ 3,603   $   $   $ 3,603   $
Operating Lease Obligations     960     887     73        
Purchase Obligations     364     364            
Other Long-Term Liabilities     31         31        
   
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 4,958   $ 1,251   $ 104   $ 3,603   $

        We do not have any off balance sheet arrangements.

        As part of our acquisition of VTC from Tektronix in November 2002, we issued a note payable to Tektronix for $3.2 million, with repayment in sixty months, or by November 2007. The interest rate on this note is 8% and is compounded annually. Through January 31, 2006, the accrued interest is added to the principal balance of the note. Thereafter, we will pay accrued interest on this note commencing on January 31, 2006 and on each April 30, July 31 and October 31 thereafter until the principal balance is paid in full. Principal and accrued interest on the note payable is $3.6 million at March 31, 2004. Accrued interest in the first quarter of 2004 was $0.1 million.

        In connection with the settlement of certain legal matters in December 2003, we have recorded a liability and a receivable, each in the amount of $10.7 million, in our December 31, 2003 balance sheet. This amount will be paid by our insurance carriers, and accordingly, such liability is not reflected in the above table. The settlement amount will be reversed from our balance sheet during 2004, at such time as the settlements are formally approved by the respective courts. One of the settlements was formally approved by the courts in the first quarter of 2004, and therefore, we reversed $0.7 million relating to that settlement from the balance sheet. As of March 31, 2004, we have a receivable and liability of $10.0, respectively, on our balance sheet.

        We have incurred substantial losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception. For the three months ended March 31, 2004, we incurred a net loss of $4.5 million, negative cash flows from operating activities of $1.5 million, and have an accumulated deficit of $286.5 million.

        We believe that the cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2004 are sufficient to fund our operating activities and capital expenditure needs for the next twelve months. However, in the event

32



that general economic conditions worsen, we may require additional cash to fund our operations. We plan to seek additional equity funding to provide working capital, fund potential acquisitions and potentially redeem the VTC acquisition indebtedness. We cannot assure that such funding efforts will be successful. Failure to generate positive cash flow in the future could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our intended business objectives.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

        We have identified the policies below as critical to our business operations and the understanding of our results of operations.

        Revenue recognition.    We generate revenue primarily from the sale of hardware products, including third-party products, through professional services, and through the sale of our software products. We sell products through direct sales channels and through distributors. Generally, product revenue is generated from the sale of video processing systems and components and the sale of broadband transport and service management products. Turnkey solution revenue is principally generated by the sale of complete end-to-end video processing systems that are designed, developed and produced according to a buyer's specifications.

        Product revenue is generated primarily from the sale of complete end-to-end video processing systems generally referred to as turnkey solutions. Turnkey solutions are multi-element arrangements, which consist of hardware products, software products, professional services and post contract support. Sales of turnkey solutions are classified as product revenue in the statement of operations.

        Product revenue is also generated from the sale of video processing component products and the sale of broadband transport and service management products. We sell these products through our own direct sales channels and also through distributors.

        Our revenue recognition policies for turnkey solutions are in accordance with SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, as amended, which is the authoritative guidance for recognizing revenue on software transactions and transactions in which software is more than incidental to the arrangement. SOP 97-2 requires that revenue recognized from software arrangements be allocated to each element of the arrangement based on the relative fair values of the elements, such as hardware, software products, maintenance services, installation, training or other elements. Under SOP 97-2, the determination of fair value is based on objective evidence that is specific to the vendor. If such evidence of fair value for any undelivered element of the arrangement does not exist, all revenue from the arrangement is deferred until such time that evidence of fair value does exist or until all elements of the arrangement are delivered, subject to certain limited exceptions set forth in SOP 97-2, as amended. SOP 97-2 was amended in February 1998 by SOP 98-4, Deferral of the Effective Date of a Provision of SOP 97-2 and was amended again in December 1998 by SOP 98-9, Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, with Respect to Certain Transactions. Those amendments deferred and then clarified, respectively, the specification of what was considered vendor specific objective evidence of fair value for the various elements in a multiple element arrangement.

33



        In the case of software arrangements that require significant production, modification or customization of software, which encompasses all of our turnkey arrangements, SOP 97-2 refers to the guidance in SOP 81-1, Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts. We recognize revenue for all turnkey arrangements in accordance with SOP 97-2 and SOP 81-1. Excluding the PCS element of the multi-element arrangement, for which we have established vendor specific objective evidence of fair value (as defined by SOP 97-2), revenue from turnkey solutions is generally recognized using the percentage-of-completion method, as stipulated by SOP 81-1. The percentage-of-completion method reflects the portion of the anticipated contract revenue that has been earned that is equal to the ratio of labor effort expended to date to the anticipated final labor effort, based on current estimates of total labor effort necessary to complete the project. Revenue from the PCS element of the arrangement is deferred at the point of sale and recognized over the term of the PCS period. Generally, the terms of the turnkey solution sales provide for billing of approximately 90% of the contract value prior to the time of delivery to the customer site, with an additional approximately 9% of the contract value billed upon substantial completion of the project and the balance upon customer acceptance. The contractual arrangements relative to turnkey solutions include customer acceptance provisions. However, such provisions are generally considered to be incidental to the arrangement in its entirety because customers are fully obligated with respect to approximately 99% of the contract value irrespective of whether acceptance occurs or not.

        For direct sales of video processing systems component products not included as part of turnkey solutions and the direct sale of broadband transport and service management products, we recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured.

        Significant management judgments and estimates must be made in connection with the measurement of revenue in a given period. We follow specific and detailed guidelines for determining the timing of revenue recognition. At the time of the transaction, we assess a number of factors, including specific contract and purchase order terms, completion and timing of delivery to the common-carrier, past transaction history with the customer, the creditworthiness of the customer, evidence of sell-through to the end user, and current payment terms. Based on the results of the assessment, we may recognize revenue when the products are shipped or defer recognition of revenue until evidence of sell-through occurs and cash is received. In order to recognize revenue, we must also make a judgment regarding collectibility of the arrangement fee. Management's judgment of collectibility is applied on a customer-by-customer basis pursuant to our credit review policy. We sell to customers for which there is a history of successful collection and to new customers for which such history may not exist. New customers are subject to a credit review process, which evaluates the customers' financial position and ability to pay. New customers are typically assigned a credit limit based on a review of their financial position. Such credit limits are only increased after a successful collection history with the customer has been established. If it is determined from the outset of an arrangement that collectibility is not probable based upon our credit review process, no credit is extended and revenue is recognized on a cash-collected basis.

        We also maintain accruals and allowances for all cooperative marketing and other programs, as necessary. Estimated sales returns and warranty costs are based on historical experience and are recorded at the time revenue is recognized, as necessary. Our products generally carry a one year warranty from the date of purchase. To date, warranty costs have been insignificant to the overall financial statements taken as a whole.

        License and royalty revenue consists of nonrefundable up-front license fees, some of which may offset initial royalty payments, and royalties received by us for products sold by our licensees. Currently, the majority of our license and royalty revenue is comprised of non-refundable license fees paid in advance. Such revenue is recognized ratably over the period during which post-contract customer support is expected to be provided or upon delivery and transfer of agreed upon technical specifications

34



in contracts where essentially no further support obligations exist. Future license and royalty revenue is expected to consist primarily of royalties received by us for products sold by our licensees. We expect that such license and royalty revenue will not constitute a substantial portion of our revenue in future periods.

        Inventories.    Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is computed using standard cost, which approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis. We record provisions to write down our inventory and related purchase commitments for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about the future demand and market conditions. If actual future demand or market conditions are less favorable than we estimate, additional inventory provisions may be required.

        Allowance for doubtful accounts.    We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make payments. These estimated allowances are periodically reviewed, analyzing the customers' payment history and information regarding the customers' creditworthiness known to us. If the financial condition of any of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in their inability to make payments, an additional allowance would be required.

        Accounting for long-lived assets.    We are required to periodically assess the impairment of long-lived assets. An impairment review is performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.

        Factors considered important which could trigger an impairment review include, but are not limited to, significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the overall business, significant negative industry or economic trends, a significant decline in the stock price for a sustained period, and our market capitalization relative to net book value.

        When our management determines that the carrying value may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, any impairment measured is based on a projected discounted cash flow method using a discount rate commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model.

        During 2001, we determined that certain intangible long-lived assets were impaired and recorded a loss of $32.5 million accordingly under SFAS No. 121. No such impairment was recorded in 2002. During 2003 and the first quarter of 2004, we determined that certain intangible long-lived assets were impaired and recorded a loss of $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively under SFAS No. 144. Future events could cause us to conclude that impairment indicators once again exist. Any resulting impairment loss could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

        Legal contingencies.    We are currently involved in certain legal proceedings as discussed in our consolidated financial statements. Because of uncertainties related to both the potential amount and range of loss from the pending litigation, management is unable to make a reasonable estimate of the liability that could result if there is an unfavorable outcome in certain of these legal proceedings. We recorded a liability for the In re Tut Systems, Inc. Securities Litigation and the Lefkowitz matters, as well as an equal and corresponding receivable. We have not recorded a liability for the Whalen matter as a consequence of several uncertainties. As additional information becomes available, we will assess the potential liability related to these pending litigation matters and may revise our estimates accordingly. Revisions of our estimates of such potential liability could materially impact our results of operations, financial condition or cashflows.

35



Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In July 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," which addresses financial accounting and reporting for acquired goodwill and other intangible assets and supersedes Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 17, "Intangible Assets." It addresses how intangible assets that are acquired individually or with a group of other assets, but not those acquired in a business combination, should be accounted for in financial statements upon their acquisition. SFAS No. 142 also addresses how goodwill and other intangible assets should be accounted for after they have been initially recognized in the financial statements. We adopted the provisions of FAS 142 on January 1, 2002.

        In July 2002, the FASB issued SFAS 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities." SFAS 146 requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred. SFAS 146 eliminates the definition and requirement for recognition of exit costs in Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 94-3, "Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)," where a liability for an exit cost was recognized at the date of an entity's commitment to an exit plan. This statement is effective for exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002. The adoption of this Statement did not have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

        In November 2002, EITF reached a consensus on Issue No. 00-21, "Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables." EITF Issue No. 00-21 provides guidance on how to account for arrangements that involve the delivery or performance of multiple products, services and/or rights to use assets. The provisions of EITF Issue No. 00-21 applies to revenue arrangements entered into in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of this Statement did not have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

        In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, Transition and Disclosure." SFAS No. 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. SFAS No. 148 also requires that disclosures of the pro forma effect of using the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation be displayed more prominently and in a tabular format. Additionally, SFAS No. 148 requires disclosure of the pro forma effect in interim financial statements. The transition and annual disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 148 are effective for fiscal years ended after December 15, 2002. The interim disclosure requirements are effective for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2002. The annual disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 148 have been implemented in the Company's financial statements. The adoption of this Statement did not have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

        In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 (FIN 46), "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51, Consolidated Financial Statements," and subsequently revised in December 2003 with the issuance of FIN 46-R. This interpretation requires certain variable interest entities to be consolidated by the primary beneficiary of the entity if the equity investors in the entity do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. Application of this Interpretation is required in financial statements for periods ending after March 15, 2004. We do not believe that the adoption of this Interpretation will have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

        In April 2003, FASB issued SFAS No. 149, "Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS No. 149 amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other

36



contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives) and for hedging activities under Statement No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS No. 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after September 30, 2003, and for hedging relationships designated after September 30, 2003. The adoption of this Statement did not have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

        In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity." SFAS No. 150 establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires that an issuer classify a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances). Many of those instruments were previously classified as equity. SFAS No. 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after September 15, 2003. It is to be implemented by reporting the cumulative effect of a change in an accounting principle for financial instruments created before the issuance date of SFAS No. 150 and still existing at the beginning of the interim period of adoption. Restatement is not permitted. On November 7, 2003, FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 150-3 (FSP 150-3), "Effective Date, Disclosures, and Transition for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests under FASB Statement No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity." FSP 150-3 deferred certain aspects of FAS 150. The adoption of FAS 150 and FAS 150-3 did not have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

        On December 17, 2003, the Staff of the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104 (SAB 104), Revenue Recognition, which supersedes SAB 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements. SAB 104's primary purpose is to rescind accounting guidance contained in SAB 101 related to multiple element revenue arrangements, superceded as a result of the issuance of EITF 00-21, "Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables." Additionally, SAB 104 rescinds the SEC's Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements Frequently Asked Questions and Answers (the FAQ) issued with SAB 101 that had been codified in SEC Topic 13, Revenue Recognition. Selected portions of the FAQ have been incorporated into SAB 104. While the wording of SAB 104 has changed to reflect the issuance of EITF 00-21, the revenue recognition principles of SAB 101 remain largely unchanged by the issuance of SAB 104. The adoption of SAB 104 did not materially affect our revenue recognition policies, nor our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

37




BUSINESS

Overview

        We design, develop, and sell digital video processing systems that enable telephony-based service providers to deliver broadcast quality digital video signals over their networks. We also offer digital video processing systems that enable private enterprise and government entities to transport video signals over satellite, fiber, radio, or copper networks for surveillance, distance learning, and TV production applications. We also offer broadband transport and service management products that enable the provisioning of high speed Internet access and other broadband data services over existing copper networks within hotels and private campus facilities.

        Historically, we derived most of our sales from our broadband transport and service management products. In November 2002, we acquired VideoTele.com or VTC, from Tektronix, Inc. to extend our product offerings to include digital video processing systems. As a result, our revenue increased from $9.4 million in 2002 to $32.2 million in 2003. Video-based products now represent a majority of our sales and will provide most of our growth opportunities for the foreseeable future. Our net loss in 2003 was $5.5 million compared with a net loss of $41.6 million in 2002.

Industry Background and Dynamics

Growing Demand for Bundled Voice, Data, and Video Services

        Historically, traditional telephone companies have been the sole providers of voice services to the residential market in the United States. Over the past several years, cable television operators, with competition from satellite television providers beginning in the 1990s, have become the primary providers of multi-channel broadcast TV services. More recently, traditional telephone companies and cable operators have become direct competitors for the growing market for high-speed Internet access. In addition, many large cable system operators have begun to offer local and long distance telephone service to their customers as part of a bundle of services, including voice, data, and video over the same network on the same bill. Thus, telcos are now at risk of losing traditional voice lines to both cable operators offering bundled services and to wireless telephone vendors that compete on mobility and price.

        As a result of these competitive threats, large telcos are beginning to use their existing digital subscriber line or DSL, and fiber-to-the-home infrastructures to offer broadcast TV services and better compete for the end customer with a bundled offering of voice, data, and video services. DSL technologies use sophisticated signal blending techniques to deliver data through copper wires. Fiber-to-the-home refers to optical fiber that is installed from a telephone switch directly to a subscriber's home. In the meantime, many small independent operating telephone companies, or IOCs, and international carriers are already installing or planning to install digital video headends to offer broadcast TV service over their DSL and fiber infrastructures. According to a report released by InStat/MDR in April 2003, the number of telco video subscribers worldwide will increase from 572,000 at the end of 2003 to over 19.0 million by the end of 2007.

Technical Challenges for Delivering Broadcast Quality Video over Telco Networks

        To deliver broadcast quality video, a non-satellite-based service provider must install a digital TV headend to receive both national and local broadcast TV signals and to properly process these signals for delivery over fiber, cable, or copper-based DSL infrastructures. The limitations on the amount of data that telco DSL facilities can transmit in a fixed amount of time (such limitations are often referred to as bandwidth) when compared to the high bandwidth capacity of cable facilities means that telco headends require greater video processing performance. For example, video headends deployed by cable operators have been able to simply pass high speed satellite-fed TV signals directly to their cable

38



networks without further video compression. Telcos, however, must use video headends that compress the widely data transmission rate of the source signal to a low constant data transmission rate over their DSL networks. Additionally, telco networks often are comprised of multiple hardware platforms that use varying sets of rules, or protocols, for transmitting signals. Therefore, to deliver video services, telcos require digital TV headends that are capable of converting video signals between hardware platforms using various protocols.

Technical Advancements Are Increasing the Available Market for Telcos to Deliver Video

        The bandwidth and distance limitations of the copper-based infrastructure from the telco to the subscriber's home constrain both the number of video channels that may be delivered simultaneously over a DSL system and the number of customers that are reachable from a telco central office. Emerging advancements in video compression technology will soon enable high quality video streams to be transported at much lower data transfer speeds. These emerging advancements are expected to lower data transfer rates by more than 65% relative to technologies currently used in existing satellite and cable facilities. These emerging compression advancements also introduce the possibility of delivering high-definition television over bandwidth constrained DSL lines for the first time. Additionally, there are DSL advancements emerging that expand the available bandwidth from the telco to the subscriber's home thereby supporting higher DSL data transfer rates over longer distances. The combination of these advancements will enable telcos to reach a higher percentage of their customers with a larger number of video channels.

        While DSL technology will continue to dominate telco broadband networks for the foreseeable future, telephone companies are beginning to construct fiber networks to their customers' homes. Though fiber-to-the-home will eliminate bandwidth limitations on delivering higher speed data services and high-quality video offerings, telephone companies deploying fiber-to-the-home will require advanced video processing to convert signals between multiple protocols used in their networks.

The Market for Enterprise and Government Video Systems

        Private enterprises and government entities also use digital video processing systems to distribute video for applications that include corporate training, video and film production, video surveillance, and distance education. In these applications, the particular video source to be encoded may be a signal from a local TV station that needs to be brought back to a regional or statewide digital TV headend that may be 100 miles away, it may be a signal received from an outdoor surveillance camera that needs to reach a decoder or personal computer for viewing hundreds of miles away, or it may be a signal from a university seminar that needs to feed multiple remote classroom sites. This market is also characterized by tradeoffs between the cost of long-distance broadband facilities and the cost of video encoding systems to reduce the need for additional bandwidth. We believe that this market will also expand as advanced video encoding techniques lower the bandwidth requirements for transmitting video signals.

Our Solutions

        Our suite of products is focused on enabling the delivery of broadcast quality video over traditional telco networks. We leverage VTC's previous 20 years of experience as part of Tektronix to develop video-based products that meet the special video processing requirements of telcos. Unlike standard cable headends, our Astria digital video headend solution converts the high and varying data transfer rate signal received as input from a satellite or terrestrial source into a lower constant data transfer rate video stream for subsequent delivery over a telco's DSL or fiber-to-the-home access network. Our high-performance, cost-effective systems are based on the standards developed by the Motion Pictures Expert Group, or MPEG, including MPEG-1 and MPEG-2. We are developing upgrades to the Astria family of products (for introduction in the second half of 2004) to support the

39



emerging MPEG-4 and Microsoft Windows Media 9 compression technologies that will provide lower encoding rates and more advanced interactivity than the current MPEG standards. We believe that the lower encoding rates of these new technologies will extend the reach of video services and enable high-definition TV to be delivered over bandwidth-constrained copper networks. Customers for our Astria video content processing systems include independent operating companies in North America, such as Oxford Networks, and international incumbent carriers, such as PCCW in Hong Kong.

        Our M2 video processing systems use software and hardware components from our digital TV headend systems packaged in a smaller form factor to encode video signals for transmission over private or government networks. Our M2 products are used for applications such as studio-to-transmitter transport, video surveillance, and distance education. We sell our M2 video processing systems to TV broadcasters, government agencies, and educational institutions.

        We also offer broadband transport and service management products that enable the provisioning of high speed Internet access and other broadband data services over existing copper networks within hotels and private campus facilities. Customers for our broadband data systems include system integrators, competitive carriers for the hospitality industry and private educational and commercial entities.

Strategy

        Our objective is to be the leading provider of video content processing solutions for the delivery of broadcast and on-demand video services to residential customers over telephony networks. Key elements of our business strategy are as follows:

Maintain Market Leadership in North American Telco Market for Digital TV Headends

        We believe that our installed base of digital video headend systems represents over 50% of the North American headend market for video over DSL services. Our strategy is to maintain this leadership position with continued enhancements to the Astria product line as more and larger telephone companies in North America begin to introduce bundled voice, data and video services. Our development efforts are focused on introducing new compression technologies such as MPEG-4 and Windows Media 9 that will be available as an upgrade option to our installed base. These compression technologies will enable our telco customers to address a larger percentage of their geographic market and deliver advanced video services such as high-definition TV.

Expand Sales Efforts to International Markets

        While we continue to grow our North American customer base, we are strengthening our direct sales force to focus on major European service providers that see a need for a bundled voice, data and video offering. In Asia, we are developing relationships with our value-added distributors and partners to focus on key opportunities to market and sell our Astria products. Many of the larger European and Asian service providers represent an opportunity to sell multiple digital TV headends.

Accelerate Market Adoption of Video Over Telco Networks

        To encourage service providers to more rapidly accept the business case for video over telco networks, we are working simultaneously on several initiatives to:

    Continue to educate the market on the viability of existing digital video processing solutions by using our customers as references and benchmarks for prospective customers. To do so, we will continue to host user group conferences, speak at public conferences, issue joint press releases with new customers and arrange meetings between potential and current customers;

40


    Offer advanced encoding technologies as soon as practical that lower the data transfer rate of video streams to extend the reach of video over DSL networks and allow new services such as high-definition TV;

    Continue to work with partners to simplify and lower the cost of deploying end-to-end solutions; and

    Continue to work with and lead standards setting bodies to facilitate the rapid adoption of new technologies and standards.

Partner with Leading Industry Vendors to Provide End-to-End Solutions

        To deliver a complete end-to-end video solution, we are partnering with leading industry vendors that provide key system elements such as broadband access systems, network switches and routers, customer premises set-top boxes, video-on-demand systems and service management software that, together with our Astria content processor products, provide a complete video solution. As a result, we have focused our business development and strategic marketing efforts on working with such partners to facilitate a cost-effective, ready-to-deploy, high-performance solution based on customers' architecture and business requirements. Our strategy with these partners is to design, develop and market end-to-end systems solutions that will allow any form of video content (including broadcast TV, video-on-demand and streaming media from the Internet) to be carried over any telephony network to any TV, personal computer, or mobile end-user device.

Leverage Our Digital TV Headend Expertise in Additional Markets

        We will continue to incorporate software and hardware components developed for our digital TV headend systems into our M2 video processing systems to meet the growing need for advanced surveillance and broadcast applications. Additionally, we will continue to partner with other industry vendors on applications for new potential customers, such as large corporations and educational institutions. We intend to expand and further specialize our video products for surveillance and broadcast TV backhaul applications, and we will seek new distribution channels for our M2 product line.

Selectively Pursue Acquisitions to Expand Our Markets and Product Offerings

        In addition to our internal research and development efforts, we continually evaluate acquisitions of companies and technologies that could extend our product offerings, technology expertise, industry knowledge and global customer base. Since 2000, we have completed four acquisitions, including the acquisition of VideoTele.com in November 2002. The products and technologies that we acquired through these acquisitions have facilitated our entry into new markets, expanded our product line in existing markets, and added additional technical expertise to develop new products for evolving markets in the future. Going forward, we anticipate our acquisition efforts will be focused on targets that will extend our existing video-based products and markets.

Our Products

        We design, develop and sell video content processing systems and broadband transport and service management products. Our digital TV headend system enables telephony-based service providers to transport broadcast quality digital video signals across their networks and our digital video transmission systems optimize the delivery of video signals across enterprise, government and education networks. Our broadband transport and service management products enable the transmission of broadband data over existing hotels and private campus networks.

41



Video Processing Systems

        Our video processing products must interoperate with other products from third parties to enable a complete end-to-end broadcast TV system. To ensure proper interoperation for our customers, we offer a system integration service whereby we purchase, assemble, configure and test key components together before delivering the integrated system to the customer. Typical third-party components include satellite receivers, antennas and decoders, network switches and routers, radio frequency modulation units, and service management software.

    Astria CP (Content Processor)

        Our Astria CP is a digital video processing platform typically used by carriers at a digital TV headend location to convert hundreds of TV channels into low, constant-data-transmission-rate video formats for delivery over any broadband access network. It is a third-generation, video processing system that we have specifically designed for the digital TV marketplace. The Astria CP uses our patent-pending QualView™ software applications to deliver high quality video when converting satellite-based variable data transmission rate video and audio signals to low, constant-data-transmission-rate content for delivery over telco networks. These QualView applications can separate the desired TV channels from a mix of over 200 channels received from various satellites, lower the data transmission rate of the desired channels, and convert the video signals to the appropriate network interface and protocol. The Astria CP also supports encoder modules that convert uncompressed video signals to compressed constant-data-transmission-rate video streams.

        Each Astria CP can process up to 200 video and audio channels, depending on the type of processing required. The Astria CP works with various telephone company copper, fiber, or cable networks providing ultimate flexibility when designing a commercial video delivery system. The Astria CP may be populated with a mix of video encoders and flexible processor modules, which in turn may be configured and reconfigured with a QualView software download to enable a variety of video processing functions. Up to 12 system modules may be configured within a single Astria CP.

        Today the Astria CP processes video content in standard MPEG-1 or MPEG-2 formats. We are developing upgrades to the Astria family of products to support the emerging MPEG-4 and Windows Media 9 encoding technologies. These new technologies will provide lower encoding rates and more advanced interactivity than MPEG standards previously provided. We anticipate first commercial availability of these capabilities in the second half of 2004. These capabilities will enable our customers to reach the next stage in data transmission rate reduction without having to upgrade their complete headend, thus preserving the customer's original investment. This will also enable video streams to be easily viewed from the large base of personal computers running MPEG-4 Windows Media players.

    Astria RCP (Remote Content Processor)

        For service providers delivering digital TV over regional or statewide networks, our Astria RCP provides an affordable way to distribute video signals sourced from a single digital TV headend. The Astria RCP typically accepts pre-processed TV channels from a centralized Astria CP via a fiber backbone network and performs appropriate network and protocol conversion for delivery of the video streams over a variety of telco access networks. The Astria RCP can also be used to encode and compress local TV channels. This flexibility allows service providers to place Astria RCPs at the edge of a fiber optic transport network to deliver aggregated and localized content to a specific region or community. The ability to add or drop channels into the line-up at the edge of the transport network allows service providers to incorporate local programming, advertising, and emergency alert system content. This capability enables a service provider to offer a customized mix of channels and content that is relevant to local subscribers. The Astria RCP comes in two versions, a 12-slot version based on

42


the same hardware design as the Astria CP and a 6-slot version. In contrast to the Astria CP, the RCP does not process the high, variable-data-transmission-rate signals received from satellites.

    Aveon™ Element Management System

        Our Aveon Element Management System enables the service provider to configure and monitor Astria CP and RCP systems across wide area networks. The ability to use Aveon to create a single network view of the system gives service providers a simple to use yet powerful tool for controlling all aspects of operating a video network from a single management location.

    M2 Video Processing Systems for Enterprise and Government Applications

        Our M2 video processing system leverages the software components and hardware modules used within the Astria CP, but M2 products are packaged in a smaller form factor for private enterprise and government markets.

        Our M2-400 system was introduced in the second quarter of 2003 and is our premier digital video system for delivering mission critical, high-quality video in real-time for private network applications. Each M2-400 system is designed to hold multiple encoders, decoders and network interfaces. The M2-400 system supports up to 6 system modules in contrast to the Astria CP that supports up to 12 system modules. The M2-400 works across satellite, radio, or fiber networks. An embedded web server controls and manages the M2 product line via an intuitive web-based graphical user interface, enabling administration of the product from any location on the network. The M2-400 is also supported by third-party scheduling software for video conferencing and distance learning applications.

        Our M2-10x system was also introduced in 2003 for video applications that only require a single encoder or decoder per end-point. For example, one of our digital TV headend customers uses the M2-10E at a remote location to encode local events on site for addition to their basic lineup of broadcast TV channels. This capability helps them differentiate their service offering from the national network-based offerings of the satellite television vendors.

Broadband Transport and Service Management Products

        Prior to our entry into the video processing business in November 2002, our primary focus was on the sale of our broadband transport and service management products. The market for these systems is characterized by the need to transport high-speed data signals across private buildings or campus locations, where the only available transmission facility is composed of copper telephone wires. These signals are typically transported over a high-speed local-area network architecture known as an Ethernet. We have been a participant in this market since the introduction of our first XL Ethernet extension product in 1992. Applications within this market include: i) connecting hotel guests to broadband Internet services over the hotel's telephone wires, ii) connecting video surveillance cameras, back office PC's, and railroad station ticket machines to a backbone network, and iii) connecting two local-area networks, or LANs, across a business campus without having to run new wires or cables.

        Our Expresso line of products uses proprietary transmission technology to provides a low-cost, easy to install solution that can deliver broadband Internet access to multiple devices over a single pair of copper wire for broadband Internet applications across multi-tenant complexes such as hotels, apartments and private campus facilities. We recently added Ethernet over very high speed DSL line cards to our existing Expresso product line. This higher speed application enables our customers to deliver broadcast TV, video-on-demand service, and Internet service throughout a multi-tenant complex.

        Our XL line of Ethernet extension products is often used by individual enterprises to extend their data networks over distances that cannot be accommodated by standard Ethernet wiring. Various XL products operate over distances of up to 20,000 feet, at data transmission rates up to 10 Mbps, all over

43



a single pair of ordinary telephone wires. In certain situations, these XL products are used in combination with our M2 products to support the encoding of local content to feed digital video headends.

        Our Expresso and XL transport products are augmented by our Expresso subscriber management system, which authenticates users, manages bandwidth and IP addresses, and processes credit card or password information for billing purposes. Subscriber management systems are typically found in hotels that offer broadband Internet service to guests, in campus housing complexes to manage broadband Internet access, and in wireless Wi-Fi "hot spots" such as hotel lobbies and Internet cafes.

Customers and Markets

        Our target customers for our Astria video content processing systems are telephony-based incumbent local exchange companies, independent operating telephone companies and international post, telephone and telegraph companies that aim to deliver advanced video services over their existing copper, fiber or coaxial cable infrastructures. Target customers for our M2 video processing systems include TV broadcasters, government agencies, and educational institutions. Target customers for our broadband data systems are system integrators, competitive carriers for the hospitality industry, and private educational and commercial entities.

Service Providers

        Over 50 independent operating companies, or IOCs, in the United States now use our Astria products to deliver digital TV over DSL and other broadband networks. We installed our first commercial digital TV headend at Chibardun Telephone Cooperative in Dallas, Wisconsin in 2000. Since that time, we have deployed our digital TV headend solution to IOCs that range in size from 5,000 to over 90,000 access lines.

        Our international sales to service providers have been concentrated among three large carriers. In 2002, Telenor AS, Norway's largest telecommunications provider with more than 1.8 million customers, launched digital TV services over its network using an Astria CP. In 2003, PCCW, which acquired the former Hong Kong Telephone Company in 2000, launched service to its customers from an Astria headend and signed up more than 150,000 customers to its Broadband TV service in the first two months after launch. Additionally in 2003, our broadband transport and service management products were deployed by Telefonos de Mexico, S.A., or TelMex, to offer a national "hot spot" wireless Internet in Mexico's major public facilities such as airports, hotel lobbies, restaurants and hospitals.

        We expect the small to medium size independent telephone operating companies in the United States to remain the primary near-term market for Astria products. The larger North American and International carriers continue to explore and test the markets and technologies for DSL-based video services.

Distributors and System Integrators

        We market our broadband transport and service management products to domestic and international system integrators who in turn market and sell our products to educational and government institutions, commercial enterprises, regional competitive service providers and national carriers. Our distributors and system integrators include local resellers, large volume distributors such as Ingram Micro Inc., and international integrators such as Siemens AG in Europe.

44



Marketing, Sales and Customer Support

    Marketing

        We seek to increase both the demand and visibility of our products in the markets we serve through attendance at major industry tradeshows and conferences, distribution of sales and product literature, operation of a Company web site, direct marketing and ongoing communications with our customers, the press, and industry analysts. As appropriate, we enter into cooperative marketing and/or development agreements with strategic partners that may include key customers, and manufacturers of various products, including radio, fiber, video equipment, set-top boxes and others.

    Sales

        In North America, we sell our products primarily to service providers and through multiple sales channels, including a select group of regional value added resellers, system integrators and distributors. Internationally, we sell and market our products through systems integrators and distributors. We have regional account managers throughout the United States and sales offices in Beijing, China, Hong Kong, and Oxford, England. For the year ended December 31, 2003, we derived 18.4% of our revenue from customers outside of the United States. We believe that our products can serve the substantial emerging market for digital video and high-speed data access products outside of the United States.

    Customer Support

        We believe that consistent high-quality service and support is a key factor in attracting and retaining customers. Service and technical support of our products is coordinated by our customer support organization. Our systems application engineers, located in each of our sales regions, support pre-sales and post-sales activities. Customers can also access technical information and receive technical support via our web site.

        Our systems integration group in Cary, Illinois integrates our solution with third-party equipment and then tests, delivers and installs complete headend systems for our customers that require an end-to-end solution.

Research and Development

        Our research and development efforts are focused on enhancing our existing products and developing new products through our emphasis on early stage system engineering. As a result of our acquisition of VTC and the large market opportunity that it offers, most of our research and development efforts relate to our video content processing technologies. The product development process begins with a comprehensive functional product specification based on input from the sales and marketing organizations. We incorporate feedback from end users and distribution channels, and through participation in industry events, industry organizations and standards development bodies, such as the Broadband World Forum and MPEG-4 Industry Forum. Key elements of our research and development efforts include:

    Core Designs. We develop and/or acquire platform architectures and core designs that allow for cost-effective deployment and flexible upgrades that meet the needs of multiple markets and applications. These designs emphasize quick time to market and future cost reduction potential. The Astria, M2, Expresso, and Expresso SMS platforms are a direct result of this effort.

    Product Line Extensions. We seek to extend our existing product lines through product modifications and enhancements in order to meet the needs of particular customers and markets. Products resulting from our product line extension efforts include the Astria RCP and the M2-400.

45


    Use of Industry Standard Components. Our design philosophy emphasizes the use of industry standard hardware and software components whenever possible to reduce time to market, decrease the cost of goods, and reduce the risks inherent in new design. We maximize the use of third-party software for operating systems and certain protocol stacks, which allows our software engineers to concentrate on hardware-specific drivers, user interface software and advanced features.

    New Technologies. We seek to enhance our product lines by incorporating emerging technologies, such as MPEG-4, Windows Media 9 compression, advanced multi-service stream processing, higher speed fiber interfaces and new network management software features. Additionally, our active involvement in industry based standards associations, such as the MPEG-4 standards body, enables us to incorporate recommended platform architectures and standards into our technology.

    Technical Standards Compliance. We design our various systems and product lines to incorporate technical standards developed by worldwide organizations, including International Telecommunications Union, Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, American National Standards Institute, or ANSI, European Telecommunications Standards Institute, or ETSI, and the Full-Service VDSL Committee. Important capabilities supported by these standards include network quality of service, MPEG encoding, Internet Group Management Protocol, Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol, and Network Address Translation.

Intellectual Property

        Our success and ability to compete depends in part upon on our proprietary technology and our ability to protect that technology. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright and trade secret laws and non-disclosure agreements to protect our proprietary technology. We currently hold 49 United States patents and have 21 United States patent applications pending. Furthermore, as a result of our acquisition of VTC, Tektronix has agreed not to assert against us or any of our affiliates or customers any of its patents that are based on applications filed prior to November 7, 2002 or that are based on inventions conceived or reduced to practice prior to that date where the assertion relates to our products for generating, processing or delivering video, audio or data for the education, entertainment, conferencing or security markets. We leverage readily available technology and standard components by adding proprietary software enhancements to gain competitive advantage, increase performance and lower cost. In addition, we have substantial trade secrets in the area of processing and managing video streams.

Manufacturing

        We do not manufacture any of our own products. We rely on contract manufacturers and third-party OEMs to manufacture, assemble, test and package our products. We require International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 9002 registration for our contract manufacturers as a condition of qualification. We monitor each contractor's manufacturing process performance through audits, testing and inspections. Each contractor's quality is also rigorously assessed through incoming testing and inspection of packaged products received from each contractor. In addition, we monitor the reliability of our products through in-house repair, reliability audit testing and field data analysis.

        We currently purchase a substantial portion of the raw materials and components used in our products through contract manufacturers. We forecast our product requirements to maintain sufficient product inventory to ensure that we can meet the required delivery times demanded by our customers. Our future success will depend in significant part on our ability to obtain manufactured products on time, at low costs and in sufficient quantities to meet demand.

46



Competition

        The market for video and broadband data systems is intensely competitive, and we expect that this market will continue to become more competitive in the future. Our immediate competitors for digital TV markets are primarily small private companies that are focused on a more narrow product line than ours and thereby may be able to devote substantially more targeted resources to developing, marketing and selling new products than we can. In targeting larger telco customers, we expect to compete with larger public companies, including Harmonic, Motorola and Tandberg Television. These competitors have achieved success in providing TV headend components for cable multiple system operators and satellite TV providers. Although their products have been designed specifically to meet the needs of cable networks, we expect these competitors to market some of their products for use in TV over DSL applications. We attribute our success in this market to the quality, cost-effectiveness, and unique capabilities of our Astria video content processing system.

        Our competition in the market for surveillance, distance education, and broadcast applications primarily comes from small private companies and public companies such as Optibase and Tandberg that together offer a wide array of products with special features and functions. A few of these companies also compete with us in the digital TV headend market. Our competitive success in this market has depended upon having the right form factor and set of features required for a specific application, our long established distribution channels, and our ability to quickly modify an existing product to support the required features.

        Our broadband transport and service management products business tends to compete against public network equipment providers, such as Paradyne Corporation, and private and foreign companies. To maintain our competitive position in the private broadband market, we have focused our product development efforts on cost reduction and feature enhancement. Our expertise in particular vertical markets such as the hospitality industry, and our relationships with system integrators in those markets allow us to compete more effectively against larger competitors. We believe that we are among the market leaders for broadband systems in the United States hospitality industry.

        All of our competitors may undertake more extensive marketing campaigns, adopt more aggressive pricing policies and devote substantially more resources to developing new products than we can. There can be no assurance that we will be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors or that competitive pressures that we face will not harm our business.

Employees

        As of March 31, 2004, we employed 108 people, including 18 in manufacturing operations and customer support, 40 in sales and marketing, 34 in research and development and 16 in general and administrative.

        During each of the past three years we have reduced our work force as a result of a significant slowing in industry spending and the resulting adverse impact on our results of operations. None of our employees are represented by a labor union. We consider our relations with our employees to be good and we have experienced no work stoppages to date. Competition for skilled personnel in our industry remains strong and our future depends, in part on our ability to attract and retain a skilled workforce and key personnel. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in retaining key personnel or that we will be able to attract and retain skilled workers in the future.

Facilities

        As a result of our November 2002 acquisition of VTC, our executive and principal administrative and engineering facility totaling approximately 22,450 square feet is located in Lake Oswego, Oregon. We also have a facility, totaling approximately 17,000 square feet, located in Pleasanton, California. The

47



lease for the Lake Oswego facility expires in July 2005, and the lease for the Pleasanton facility expires in September 2004. In addition, we have a product staging and warehouse facility totaling approximately 7,500 square feet in Cary, Illinois. The lease for this facility expires in July 2004. We have one minor facility in the United Kingdom that is leased month-to-month. Selling, marketing, operational and research and development activities are conducted at all of our facilities. We believe that our facilities will be adequate to meet our requirements for the foreseeable future and that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed.

Available Information

        Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, as amended, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, as amended, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to reports filed pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available on our website at www.tutsystems.com when such reports are available on the Securities and Exchange Commission website. The contents of our website are not incorporated into this prospectus.

48



MANAGEMENT

        The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the directors and executive officers of the Company:

Name

  Age
  Position



Salvatore D'Auria   48   Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
Craig Bender   62   Vice President of Marketing and Corporate Development
Mark Carpenter   43   Vice President of Partner Development
Randall Gausman   54   Vice President, Finance and Administration, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
Robert Noonan   41   Vice President, Global Sales
Charles Van Dusen   59   Vice President, Chief Technical Officer
Neal Douglas   45   Director
Clifford Higgerson   64   Director
George Middlemas   57   Director
Roger H. Moore   62   Director

        Salvatore D'Auria has served as our President, Chief Executive Officer and one of our directors since August 1994. Since January 2000, Mr. D'Auria has served as Chairman of our Board of Directors. He served as our Chief Operating Officer from May 1994 to August 1994. From August 1993 to May 1994, Mr. D'Auria performed various consulting services for networking software companies. Mr. D'Auria joined Central Point Software in October 1989 as Director of Product Marketing and was appointed as Vice President of Marketing in April 1990, and held various Vice President positions until August 1993. From 1980 to 1989, Mr. D'Auria served in various marketing and management positions at Hewlett-Packard. Mr. D'Auria holds a B.S. in Physics from Clarkson University.

        Craig Bender joined us as our Vice President of Marketing in June 1997. Prior to that time, Mr. Bender was with Integrated Network Corporation where he served as Vice President of Marketing from 1988 to 1992, as Vice President of International Business Development from 1992 to 1996 and as Vice President of Integrated Network Corporation's DAGAZ division until 1997. Mr. Bender holds a B.S.E.E. from Syracuse University, an M.S.E.E. from the University of California at Los Angeles and an AT&T-sponsored Executive M.B.A. from Pace University.

        Mark Carpenter has served as our Vice President of Partner Development since September 2003. From January 2003 to September 2003, Mr. Carpenter served as our Vice President of Marketing. From January 2001 to December 2002, Mr. Carpenter served as our Executive Vice President of Product Development and Marketing. From March 2000 to December 2000, Mr. Carpenter was our Vice President of Marketing. From January 1999 to March 2000, Mr. Carpenter was Senior Director of Marketing, New Desktop Product Marketing at Compaq Computer Corporation. From March 1997 to December 1998, Mr. Carpenter was Director of Engineering, Internet and Home Networking at Compaq. Prior to that time, Mr. Carpenter was Senior Manager, Emerging Products, in the Consumer Division of IBM Corporation from January 1996 to March 1997, and Lead Architect, Embedded Network Systems, at IBM from January 1994 to January 1996. Mr. Carpenter holds a B.S. in Computer Science from Worcester Polytechnic Institute.

        Randall Gausman began serving as our Vice President, Finance and Administration, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary on April 30, 2003. From April 2002 to March 2003, Mr. Gausman was a financial consultant and acting chief financial officer for several technology companies. Mr. Gausman served as our acting Chief Financial Officer from September 2002 until November 2002. From July 2001 to March 2002, Mr. Gausman served as Chief Financial Officer for iBEAM Broadcasting

49



Corporation. From November 1996 to April 2001, Mr. Gausman served as Chief Financial Officer and Secretary for Zantaz, Inc. Mr. Gausman holds a B.S. in Finance and an M.B.A. from the University of Southern California.

        Robert Noonan has served as Vice President of Global Sales at Tut Systems, Inc. since November 2000. Prior to that time, Mr. Noonan had served in that same role at VTC since April 2000. While at VTC, between December 1999 and April 2000, Mr. Noonan served as director of sales, and from March 1998 to December 1999, he was director of U.S. sales. Between November 1989 and March 1998, Mr. Noonan held many sales and market development positions in Tektronix's video and networking division, including North American sales director and central area director of sales. Prior to joining Tektronix, Mr. Noonan held several engineering and sales positions at US Sprint and Brand-Rex Fiberoptics. Mr. Noonan holds a B.S. in mechanical engineering from the University of Lowell, Lowell, Massachusetts.

        Charles Van Dusen has served as our Vice President and Chief Technology Officer since November of 2002. Mr. Van Dusen served with this same title at VideoTele.com from April of 2000 until its acquisition by Tut Systems in 2002. From 1989 through early 2000 Mr. Van Dusen held various engineering management positions with Tektronix. Mr. Van Dusen served as Vice President of Engineering at CL9 from 1985 to 1988 and as the Engineering Vice President at Widcom from 1983 and 1985. Prior to 1983, Mr. Van Dusen held a variety of senior engineering positions at Quantex Corporation, ADDA Corporation, Diasonics Inc and Searle Ultrasound. Mr. Van Dusen was educated at the University of Southern California and at California Polytechnic College, Pomona.

        Neal Douglas has served as one of our directors since December 1997. From December 1999 to October 2003, he served as the Managing General Partner of Spectrum Equity Investors, L.P., a venture capital firm investing exclusively in the communications industry. Mr. Douglas was a co-founder of AT&T Ventures, the venture capital affiliate of AT&T Corporation, and has served as a General Partner since January 1993. From May 1989 to January 1993, Mr. Douglas was a partner of New Enterprise Associates, a venture capital firm. Prior to this, he was an investment professional with Crosspoint Venture Partners and was a member of the technical staff at Bell Laboratories. Mr. Douglas holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Cornell University, an M.S. in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University, and an M.B.A. from the University of California at Los Angeles.

        Clifford Higgerson has served as one of our directors since July 1993. Since July 1987, Mr. Higgerson has been a partner of ComVentures, a venture capital firm specializing in the communications industry, and since September 1991, he has been a partner of Vanguard Venture Partners, a venture capital firm. He has also served as a Managing Partner and Director of Research for Hambrecht & Quist, and as a special limited partner and Director of the Communications Group for L.F. Rothschild, Unterberg, Towbin. Mr. Higgerson also is a director of Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. Mr. Higgerson earned his B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Illinois and an M.B.A. in Finance from the University of California at Berkeley.

        George Middlemas has served as one of our directors since March 1995. Mr. Middlemas has been managing General Partner of Apex Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, since 1991. Prior to that time, Mr. Middlemas served as Vice President and principal with Inco Venture Capital Management and as a vice president and member of the investment committee of Citicorp Venture Capital. Mr. Middlemas also serves as a member of the Board of Directors of Pure Cycle Corporation, a water and water recycling technology company, and Online Resources & Communications Corporation, a provider of electronic commerce solutions. Mr. Middlemas holds a B.A. in History and Political Science from The Pennsylvania State University, an M.B.A. from Harvard University, and an M.A. in Political Science from the University of Pittsburgh.

        Roger H. Moore has served as one of our directors since March 1997. From October 1998 to December 2001, Mr. Moore served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Illuminet

50



Holdings, Inc., a provider of network, database and billing services to the communications industry. Mr. Moore retired effective December 31, 2001. Mr. Moore also served as a director of Illuminet Holdings from July 1998 to December 2001. From January 1996 to August 1998, Mr. Moore served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Illuminet. From September 1998 to October 1998, Mr. Moore served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of VINA Technologies, Inc., a telecommunications equipment company. Mr. Moore has served as a director of Western Digital Corporation since 2000 and as a director of Verisign, Inc. since February 2002. Mr. Moore holds a B.S. in General Science from Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University.

        Executive officers serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors. There are no family relationships between any of our directors and executive officers.

51



CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        On April 28, 2000, we entered into a loan agreement and secured promissory note with Mark Carpenter, our Executive Vice President of Product Development and Marketing, in the amount of $150,000, which was used toward the purchase of Mr. Carpenter's principal residence. This loan accrued no interest and was forgiven at a rate of 25% on April 28, 2001, the first year anniversary date, and was forgiven as to 25% on each subsequent yearly anniversary date through April 28, 2004. This loan forgiveness was contingent upon Mr. Carpenter's continued employment with the Company. The loan would also have been forgiven as a result of constructive termination of Mr. Carpenter within the first twelve months following a change of control of our company. Pursuant to the terms of this loan agreement, we forgave $37,500 of this loan on each of April 28, 2004, April 28, 2003, April 28, 2002 and April 28, 2001. Therefore, there is no remaining outstanding principal on this loan as of the date of this filing.

        During 2003, we granted options to certain of our executive officers and directors. We intend to grant options to our executive officers and directors in the future.

        We have entered into indemnification agreements with our executive officers, directors and certain significant employees containing provisions that are in some respects broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the General Corporation Law of Delaware. These agreements provide, among other things, for indemnification of the executive officers, directors and certain significant employees in proceedings brought by third parties and in stockholder derivative suits. Each agreement also provides for advancement of expenses to the indemnified party.

        In connection with our acquisition of VTC in November 2002, we issued to Tektronix, former parent of VTC, approximately 3.3 million shares of our common stock and a subordinated promissory note payable to Tektronix in an aggregate principal amount of $3.2 million at an annual interest rate of 8% and matures in November 2007. In connection with the acquisition of VTC, we and Tektronix entered into (i) a Standstill and Disposition Agreement relating to the registration, voting and disposition of the shares, as well as for reimbursement of certain expenses in connection with the registration of the shares; (ii) an arrangement relating to use of certain of our and Tektronix's technology; and (iii) a transition services agreement regarding services to be provided by Tektronix to us.

52



PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 1, 2004 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock under this prospectus by:

    the selling stockholder;

    each director;

    each executive officer;

    all directors and executive officers as a group; and

    owners of more than 5% of our common stock.

        Except as otherwise noted, the address of each person listed in the table is c/o Tut Systems, Inc., 6000 SW Meadows Drive, Suite 200, Lake Oswego, Oregon, 97035. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with SEC rules and includes voting and investment power with respect to shares. To our knowledge, except under applicable community property laws or as otherwise indicated, the persons named in the table have sole voting and sole investment control with respect to all shares beneficially owned. The applicable percentage of ownership for each stockholder is based on 20,417,257 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 1, 2004, together with all shares of common stock subject to options exercisable within 60 days following June 1, 2004 for that stockholder. Shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options and other rights beneficially owned are deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding these options and other rights, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 
   
   
  Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to Offering(1)

   
  Shares Beneficially Owned
After Offering(1)(2)

 
 
   
  Options
Exercisable
Within
60 Days

   
 
 
  Common
Shares
Owned

  Number of
Shares Being
Offered

 
 
  Number
  Percent
  Number
  Percent
 
Kopp Investment Advisors, Inc.   5,170,650(3)     5,170,650(3)   25.3 %   5,170,650   21.7 %
Tektronix, Inc.(9)   3,283,597     3,283,597   16.1 % 2,000,000   1,283,597   5.4 %
Kern Capital Management(10)   1,201,700     1,201,700   5.9 %   1,201,700   5.0 %
Salvatore D'Auria(4)   42,302   1,000,560   1,042,862   4.9 %   1,042,862   4.2 %
Neal Douglas     57,000   57,000   *     57,000   *  
Clifford Higgerson   29,761   57,000   86,761   *     86,761   *  
George Middlemas   26,985   57,000   83,985   *     83,985   *  
Roger H Moore   1,000   59,000   60,000   *     60,000   *  
Craig Bender(5)   5,849   89,681   95,530   *     95,530   *  
Mark Carpenter(6)   4,000   231,943   235,943   1.1 %   235,943   1.0 %
Randall Gausman   2,200   87,777   89,977   *     89,977   *  
Robert Noonan(7)   7,500   113,332   120,832   *     120,832   *  
Charles Van Dusen(8)     93,500   93,500   *     93,500   *  
All executive officers and directors as a group (10) persons   119,597   1,846,793   1,966,390   8.8 %   1,966,390   7.6 %

*
Less than 1% of the shares of common stock outstanding.
(1)
This table is based upon information supplied by executive officers, directors and beneficial stockholders.
(2)
Assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their overallotment option.
(3)
The address of record for Kopp Investment Advisors, Inc. is 7701 France Avenue South, Suite 500, Edina, Minnesota 55435. Based on information contained in a statement on Schedule 13D, dated October 29, 2003, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Kopp Investment Advisors, Inc. (KIA) reported sole voting power over 2,667,750 shares, sole dispositive power over 1,610,000 shares and shared dispositive power over 2,393,150 shares. KIA is wholly owned by Kopp Holding Company (KHC), which is wholly owned by Mr. LeRoy C. Kopp. KHC reported beneficial ownership of 4,003,150

53


    shares. Mr. Kopp reported beneficial ownership of 5,170,650 shares, of which he reported sole voting power over 1,167,500 shares and sole dispositive power over 1,167,500 shares. Kopp Emerging Growth Fund is a registered investment company and a client of KIA. Kopp Emerging Growth Fund reported beneficial ownership of 1,610,000 shares.

(4)
In the event that the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full, Mr. D'Auria, our President and Chief Executive Officer, will be selling up to 100,000 shares of common stock. After this offering, he would hold 942,862 shares and beneficially own 4.0% of the outstanding shares. This note 4 and notes 5 - 9 assume that there would be 23,867,257 shares of our common stock outstanding after exercise of the overallotment option in full.
(5)
In the event that the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full, Mr. Bender, our Vice President of Marketing and Corporate Development, will be selling up to 10,000 shares of common stock. After this offering he would hold 85,530 shares and beneficially own less than 1% of the outstanding shares.
(6)
In the event that the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full, Mr. Carpenter, our Vice President of Partner Development, will be selling up to 10,000 shares of common stock. After this offering he would hold 225,943 shares and beneficially own less than 1% of the outstanding shares.
(7)
In the event that the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full, Mr. Noonan, our Vice President of Global Sales, will be selling up to 10,000 shares of common stock. After this offering he would hold 110,832 shares and beneficially own less than 1% of the outstanding shares.
(8)
In the event that the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full, Mr. Van Dusen, our Chief Technical Officer, will be selling up to 10,000 shares of common stock. After this offering he would hold 83,500 shares and beneficially own less than 1% of the outstanding shares.
(9)
Tektronix, Inc., an Oregon corporation, is a reporting company. The address of record for Tektronix, Inc. is 14200 SW Karl Braun Drive, Beaverton, Oregon 97077. The holdings of Tektronix, Inc. are based on information contained in a statement on Schedule 13G, dated December 31, 2003, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. In the event that the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, Tektronix will be selling an additional 300,000 shares of common stock. In such an event, after this offering, Tektronix would hold 983,597 shares and beneficially own 4.1% of the outstanding shares.
(10)
The address of record for Kern Capital Management, LLC is 14 West 47th Street, Suite 1926, New York, New York 10036. Based on information contained in a statement on Schedule 13G, dated December 31, 2003, Kern Capital Management, LLC has sole voting power and sole dispositive power over the 1,201,700 shares. Robert E. Kern and David G. Kern are principals in and the controlling members of Kern Capital Management, and therefore, have voting and investment power over these shares.

54



UNDERWRITING

General

        We, the selling stockholders, and the potential additional selling stockholders intend to enter into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters named below on the terms described below. The underwriters' obligations are several, which means that each underwriter is required to purchase a specific number of shares, but is not responsible for the commitment of any other underwriter to purchase shares. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase from us the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below:

Underwriters

  Number of Shares
Needham & Company, Inc.    
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.    
Merriman Curhan Ford & Co.    
   
    5,000,000
   

        The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the shares of common stock offered hereby are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the underwriters will purchase all shares of the common stock offered hereby, other than those covered by the over-allotment option described above, if any of these shares are purchased.

        The underwriters are offering the shares of our common stock, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers' certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Over-Allotment Option

        We and certain of our executive officers have granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to 450,000 additional shares of common stock (of which, up to 140,000 shares may be sold by certain of our executive officers, as set forth on pages 53 and 54) and the selling stockholder has granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to 300,000 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price per share, less the underwriting discount, set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. This option is exercisable during the 30-day period after the date of this prospectus. The underwriters may exercise this option only to cover over-allotments, which are discussed below, made in connection with this offering. If the underwriters exercise this option, each of the underwriters will be obligated to purchase approximately the same percentage of the additional shares as the number of shares of common stock to be purchased by that underwriter, as shown in the table above, bears to the total number of shares shown. If this option is exercised, in part, shares will be purchased from us and the selling stockholders on a pro rata basis.

Commissions and Discounts

        The underwriters have advised us and the selling stockholders that the underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the public offering price per share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The underwriters may offer shares to securities dealers, who may include the underwriters, at that public offering price less a concession of up to $                                           per share. The underwriters may allow, and these dealers may re-allow, a concession to other securities dealers of up to $                                           per share. After the offering to the public, the underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms.

55



        The underwriting discount is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us and the selling stockholders per share of common stock. The underwriting discount is currently expected to be 6.0% of the public offering price. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discount to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

 
  Per Share
  Total
 
  Without Over-
Allotment

  With Over-
Allotment

  Without Over-
Allotment

  With Over-
Allotment

Paid by Tut Systems, Inc.   $         $     $  
Paid by the Selling Stockholders                      

Indemnification of Underwriters

        The underwriting agreement provides that we and the selling stockholders will indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities that may be incurred in connection with this offering, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

No Sales of Similar Securities

        We have agreed not to offer, sell, contract to sell, grant options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock or securities exchangeable for or convertible into our common stock for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Needham & Company, Inc. This agreement does not apply to the issuance of additional options or shares under any existing employee benefit plans. Our directors, officers and the selling stockholders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to, directly or indirectly, sell, hedge, or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, options to acquire shares of common stock or securities exchangeable for or convertible into shares of common stock, for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Needham & Company, Inc. Needham & Company, Inc. may, in its sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements.

Nasdaq National Market Listing

        Our common stock is quoted on The Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "TUTS."

Discretionary Accounts

        The underwriters do not expect sales of shares of common stock offered by this prospectus to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the shares offered.

Short Sales, Stabilizing Transactions and Penalty Bids

        In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock, in accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Specifically, the underwriters may over-allot shares of our common stock in connection with this offering by selling more shares than are set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. This creates a short position in our common stock for their own account. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase under the over-allotment option. To close out a short position, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, common stock in the open market. The underwriters may also

56



elect to reduce any short position by exercising all or part of the over-allotment option. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared with the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. Underwriters may also sell common stock in excess of the over-allotment option, thereby creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short positions by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase shares in the offering.

        As an additional means of facilitating the offering, the underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter or dealer repays selling concessions allowed to it for distributing our common stock in this offering because the underwriters repurchase that stock in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

        Finally, the underwriters and selling group members, if any, or their affiliates may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on The Nasdaq National Market immediately prior to the commencement of sales in this offering, in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Rule 103 generally provides that:

    a passive market maker may not effect transactions or display bids for our common stock in excess of the highest independent bid price by persons who are not passive market makers;

    net purchases by a passive market maker on each day are generally limited to 30% of the passive market maker's average daily trading volume in our common stock during a specified two-month prior period or 200 shares, whichever is greater, and must be discontinued when that limit is reached; and

    passive market making bids must be identified as such.

        Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of our common stock at a price that is higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the absence of these activities or may prevent or retard a decline in the market price of our stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may discontinue any of these activities at any time without notice. These transactions may be effected on The Nasdaq National Market or otherwise.

        Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for Tut Systems and the selling stockholders by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Gray Cary Ware & Freidenrich LLP, San Diego, California.


EXPERTS

        The financial statements as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

57




WHERE YOU CAN OBTAIN MORE INFORMATION

        Tut Systems is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and therefore files reports, proxy and information statements and other information with the SEC. You can inspect many of such reports, proxy and information statements and other information on the SEC's Internet website at http://www.sec.gov.

        You can also inspect and copy such reports, proxy and information statements and other information at the SEC's Public Reference Room, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at Tel: 1-800-SEC-0330. Tut Systems' common stock is listed on The Nasdaq National Market.

        This prospectus constitutes part of a registration statement on Form S-3 filed by Tut Systems with the SEC under the Securities Act. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information with respect to Tut Systems and the shares, you should refer to the registration statement either at the SEC's website or at the addresses set forth in the preceding paragraph. Statements in this prospectus concerning any document filed as an exhibit to this prospectus are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, you should refer to the copy of such document which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each such statement is qualified in its entirety by such reference.


INFORMATION INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

        This prospectus incorporates by reference the following documents and information, all of which Tut Systems has filed in the past with the SEC:

    Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2004, filed on May 7, 2004;

    Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, filed on February 2, 2004;

    Amendment No. 1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, filed on April 7, 2004 on Form 10-K/A;

    Amendment No. 2 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, filed on June 10, 2004 on Form 10-K/A;

    Current Report on Form 8-K, furnished on February 2, 2004, relating to the Company's reporting of its results of operations for the fourth fiscal quarter and the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003; and

    The description of our common stock, which is contained in our registration statement on Form 8-A filed on January 22, 1999, including any amendment or report filed for the purpose of updating this description.

    Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on April 2, 2004, relating to the Company's preliminary reporting of its revenue for the first fiscal quarter of 2004.

        All documents, if any, which Tut Systems files under Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act subsequent to the date of this prospectus but prior to the termination of the offering shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference in this prospectus and to be part of this prospectus from the date of filing of such documents.

        Tut Systems will provide without charge to each person to whom a copy of this prospectus is delivered, upon written or oral request, a copy of the information that has been or may be incorporated by reference in this prospectus. Direct any request for such copies to Tut Systems, Inc., 6000 SW Meadows Drive, Suite 200, Lake Oswego, Oregon, 97035, attention Chief Financial Officer, Tel: (503) 594-1400.

58



TUT SYSTEMS, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page
Consolidated Financial Statements    
  Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-2
  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2003   F-3
  Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2001, December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2003   F-4
  Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity as of December 31, 2001, December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2003   F-5
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2001, December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2003   F-6
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-7
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited):    
  Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2003 and March 31, 2004   F-34
  Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and March 31, 2004   F-35
  Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and March 31, 2004   F-36
  Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements   F-37

F-1



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of
Tut Systems, Inc.

        In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of stockholders' equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Tut Systems, Inc. (the Company) and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for goodwill as of January 1, 2002.

        As also discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has restated its December 31, 2003 consolidated balance sheet.

/s/  PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP      
   

Portland, Oregon
February 2, 2004, except as to the Restatement caption under Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, which is as of March 24, 2004.

F-2



TUT SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2003
Restated

 
ASSETS              
Current assets:              
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 25,571   $ 14,370  
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $10 and $47 in 2002 and 2003, respectively     1,972     7,062  
  Insurance settlement receivable         10,725  
  Inventories, net     3,888     4,181  
  Prepaid expenses and other     1,082     1,026  
   
 
 
    Total current assets     32,513     37,364  
Property and equipment, net     1,630     1,722  
Intangibles and other assets     5,586     3,685  
   
 
 
    Total assets   $ 39,729   $ 42,771  
   
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY              
Current liabilities:              
  Accounts payable   $ 1,272   $ 3,055  
  Accrued liabilities     5,924     1,516  
  Legal settlement liability         10,725  
  Deferred revenue     921     253  
   
 
 
    Total current liabilities     8,117     15,549  
Deferred revenue, net of current portion     35      
Note payable     3,262     3,523  
Other liabilities     84     44  
   
 
 
    Total liabilities     11,498     19,116  
   
 
 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)              
Stockholders' equity:              
  Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding in 2002 and 2003, respectively          
  Common stock, $0.001 par value, 100,000 shares authorized, 19,796 and 20,274 shares issued and outstanding in 2002 and 2003, respectively     20     20  
  Additional paid-in capital     304,888     305,777  
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (141 )   (89 )
  Accumulated deficit     (276,536 )   (282,053 )
   
 
 
    Total stockholders' equity     28,231     23,655  
   
 
 
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 39,729   $ 42,771  
   
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3



TUT SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2001
  2002
  2003
 
Revenues:                    
  Product   $ 12,866   $ 8,582   $ 31,474  
  License and royalty     882     789     718  
   
 
 
 
    Total revenues     13,748     9,371     32,192  
Cost of goods sold     40,489     13,909     15,646  
   
 
 
 
Gross profit (loss)     (26,741 )   (4,538 )   16,546  
   
 
 
 
Operating expenses:                    
  Sales and marketing     12,413     8,695     7,479  
  Research and development     15,044     12,337     7,909  
  General and administrative     10,148     5,060     4,476  
  Restructuring costs     2,311     9,147     292  
  In-process research and development     1,160     562      
  Impairment of intangible assets     32,551         128  
  Amortization of intangible assets     8,085     1,304     1,809  
   
 
 
 
    Total operating expenses     81,712     37,105     22,093  
   
 
 
 
Loss from operations     (108,453 )   (41,643 )   (5,547 )
Impairment of certain equity investments         (592 )    
Interest and other income, net     4,127     610     30  
   
 
 
 
Net loss   $ (104,326 ) $ (41,625 ) $ (5,517 )
   
 
 
 
Net loss per share, basic and diluted (Note 2)   $ (6.39 ) $ (2.45 ) $ (0.28 )
   
 
 
 
Shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted (Note 2)     16,326     16,957     19,996  
   
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4



TUT SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

(in thousands)

 
  Common Stock
   
   
  Notes
Receivable
From
Stockholders

  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income

   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital

  Deferred
Compensation

  Accumulated
Deficit

  Total
Stockholders'
Equity

 
 
  Shares
  Amount
 
Balance, January 1, 2001   15,911   $ 16   $ 298,332   $ (1,041 ) $ (555 ) $ 6   $ (130,585 ) $ 166,173  
Components of comprehensive loss:                                                
  Unrealized losses on other investments                       (70 )       (70 )
  Foreign currency translation adjustment                       (14 )       (14 )
  Net loss                           (104,326 )   (104,326 )
                                           
 
Total comprehensive loss                                             (104,410 )
                                           
 
Common stock issued in conjunction with ActiveTelco purchase acquisition   321         2,944                     2,944  
Common stock issued for cash upon exercise of stock options   67         58                     58  
Common stock issued under employee stock purchase plan   104         188                     188  
Unearned compensation related to common stock   8         64     (64 )                
Reversal of deferred compensation related to the workforce reduction           (404 )   404                  
Amortization related to unearned compensation               684                 684  
Forgiveness of notes receivable issued to stockholders                   479             479  
Notes receivable issued to stockholders                   (20 )           (20 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2001   16,411     16     301,182     (17 )   (96 )   (78 )   (234,911 )   66,096  
Components of comprehensive loss:                                                
  Unrealized losses on other investments                       (48 )       (48 )
  Foreign currency translation adjustment                       (15 )       (15 )
  Net loss                           (41,625 )   (41,625 )
                                           
 
Total comprehensive loss                                             (41,688 )
                                           
 
Common stock issued in conjunction with VideoTele.com purchase acquisition   3,283     4     3,608                     3,612  
Common stock issued for cash upon exercise of stock options   11         14                     14  
Common stock issued under employee stock purchase plan   91         84                     84  
Amortization related to unearned compensation               17                 17  
Repayment/forgiveness of notes receivable issued to stockholders                   96             96  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2002   19,796     20     304,888             (141 )   (276,536 )   28,231  
Components of comprehensive loss:                                                
  Unrealized gain on other investments                       74         74  
  Foreign currency translation adjustment                       (22 )       (22 )
  Net loss                           (5,517 )   (5,517 )
                                           
 
Total comprehensive loss                               (5,465 )
                                           
 
Common stock issued for cash upon exercise of stock options   440         831                     831  
Common stock issued under employee stock purchase plan   38         58                     58  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2003   20,274   $ 20   $ 305,777   $   $   $ (89 ) $ (282,053 ) $ 23,655  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5



TUT SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2001
  2002
  2003
 
Cash flows from operating activities:                    
  Net loss   $ (104,326 ) $ (41,625 ) $ (5,517 )
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:                    
      Depreciation     3,679     3,163     1,097  
      Noncash interest income and amortization of discounts on investments     (168 )   37      
      Abandonment of fixed assets         4,822      
      Provision for (recovery of) doubtful accounts     (954 )   (2,277 )   36  
      Provision for excess and obsolete inventory and abandoned products     34,237     7,125     225  
      Write-off of certain equity investments         592      
      Impairment of intangible assets     32,551         128  
      Amortization of intangible assets     8,085     1,304     1,809  
      Amortization of deferred compensation and notes receivable related to acquisitions     1,099          
      Write-off of in-process research and development     1,160     562      
      Deferred interest on note payable             261  
      Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of businesses acquired:                    
        Accounts receivable     6,528     2,090     (5,126 )
        Inventories     (9,148 )   3,195     (518 )
        Prepaid expenses and other assets     4,547     3,390     72  
        Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     (27,451 )   (5,828 )   (2,665 )
        Deferred revenue     (1,001 )   (889 )   (703 )
   
 
 
 
          Net cash used in operating activities     (51,162 )   (24,339 )   (10,901 )
   
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:                    
    Purchase of property and equipment     (1,189 )   (426 )   (1,189 )
    Purchase of short-term investments     (7,002 )        
    Purchase of other assets     (1,196 )        
    Proceeds from maturities of short-term investments     59,423     3,105      
    Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired     (169 )   758      
   
 
 
 
          Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities     49,867     3,437     (1,189 )
   
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:                    
    Proceeds from issuances of common stock, net     246     98     889  
    Other     80     37      
   
 
 
 
          Net cash provided by financing activities     326     135     889  
   
 
 
 
          Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents     (969 )   (20,767 )   (11,201 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year     47,307     46,338     25,571  
   
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year   $ 46,338   $ 25,571   $ 14,370  
   
 
 
 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:                    
    Interest paid during the year   $ 20   $ 47   $ 3  
   
 
 
 
    Income taxes paid during the year   $ 1   $ 1   $ 1  
   
 
 
 
Noncash financing activities:                    
    Common stock issued in connection with the VideoTele.com acquisition in 2002 and the ActiveTelco acquisition in 2001   $ 2,944   $ 3,612   $  
   
 
 
 
    Unearned compensation related to stock and stock option grants   $ 64   $   $  
   
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6



TUT SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 1—DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS:

        The Company designs, develops, and sells digital video processing systems that enable telephony-based service providers to deliver broadcast quality digital video signals over their networks. The Company also offers video processing systems that enable private enterprise and government entities to transport video signals over satellite, fiber, radio, or copper networks for surveillance, distance learning, and TV production applications. The Company also designs, develops and markets broadband transport and service management products that enable the provisioning of high speed Internet access and other broadband data services over existing copper networks within hotels and private campus facilities.

        Historically, the Company derived most of its sales from its broadband transport and service management products. In November 2002, the Company acquired VideoTele.com, or VTC, from Tektronix, Inc. to extend its product offerings to include digital video processing systems. As a result, the Company's revenue increased from $9,371 in 2002 to $32,192 in 2003. Video-based products now represent a majority of the Company's sales.

        The Company has incurred substantial losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company incurred a net loss of $5,517 and negative cash flows from operating activities of $10,901, and has an accumulated deficit of $282,053 at December 31, 2003. Management believes that the cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2003 are sufficient to fund its operating activities and capital expenditure needs for the next twelve months. Management expects the amount of cash used to fund operations will decrease in 2004. However, in the event that general economic conditions worsen, it may require additional cash to fund its operations. The Company will seek additional funding for operations from alternative debt and equity sources, if necessary, to maintain reasonable operating levels. The Company cannot assure that such funding efforts will be successful. Failure to generate positive cash flow in the future could have a material impact on the Company's ability to achieve its intended business objectives.

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

Restatement

        Subsequent to issuance of the December 31, 2003 consolidated financial statements, management determined that it should have reflected a liability of $10,000 for the In re: Tut Systems Inc. Securities Litigation matter (see Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements) and $725 for the Lefkowitz v. D'Auria matter (see Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements) as of December 31, 2003. In addition, the consolidated financial statements should have reflected a receivable from the Company's insurance carrier of $10,725. Consequently, the Company has restated its December 31, 2003 balance sheet to reflect these matters. These adjustments had no effect on the consolidated statements of operations, the consolidated statements of stockholders' equity or the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Principles of consolidation

        These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.

F-7



Use of estimates

        The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The most significant estimates include valuation of inventories and accounts receivable, estimation of loss on purchase commitments, estimation of percentage-of-completion on revenue contracts and the recoverability of long-lived assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Fair value of financial instruments

        The fair value of the Company's cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and note payable approximate their carrying value due to the short maturity or market rate structure of those instruments.

Cash and cash equivalents

        Cash equivalents are stated at cost or amortized cost, which approximates fair value. The Company includes in cash and cash equivalents all highly liquid investments that mature within three months of their purchase date. Management determines the appropriate classification of debt securities at the time of purchase and re-evaluates that designation as of each balance sheet date.

Inventories

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is computed using standard cost that approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis. The Company records provisions to write down its inventory and related purchase commitments for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about the future demand and market conditions. If actual future demand or market conditions are less favorable than those estimated by the Company, additional inventory provisions may be required.

Property and equipment

        Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. The Company provides for depreciation by charges to expense that are sufficient to write off the cost of the assets over their estimated useful lives on the straight-line basis. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the improvement. Useful lives by principal classifications are as follows:

Office equipment   3–5 years
Computers and software   3–7 years
Test equipment   3–5 years
Leasehold improvements   1–7 years

        When assets are sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the asset and accumulated depreciation accounts, respectively. Upon the disposition of property

F-8



and equipment, the accumulated depreciation is deducted from the original cost and any gain or loss on that sale or disposal is credited or charged to income.

        Maintenance, repairs, and minor renewals are charged to expense as incurred. Expenditures which substantially increase an asset's useful life are capitalized.

Intangible assets

        Intangible assets are stated at cost less amortization. Intangible assets consist of completed technology and patents, contract backlog, customer lists, maintenance contract renewals and trademarks. These intangible assets are amortized on a straight line basis over the estimated periods of benefit, which are as follows:

Completed technology and patents   5 years
Contract backlog   14 months
Customer lists   7 years
Maintenance contract renewals   5 years
Trademarks   7 years

Accounting for long-lived assets

        The Company periodically assesses the impairment of long-lived assets. An impairment review is performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.

        Factors considered important which could trigger an impairment review include, but are not limited to, significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the overall business, significant negative industry or economic trends, a significant decline in the stock price for a sustained period and the Company's market capitalization relative to net book value.

        When management determines that the carrying value may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, any impairment measured is based on a projected discounted cash flow method using a discount rate commensurate with the risk inherent in the Company's current business model.

        During 2001, the Company determined that certain intangible long-lived assets were impaired, and recorded losses accordingly under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 121. No such impairment was recorded in 2002. During 2003, the Company determined that certain long-lived assets were impaired and recorded losses accordingly under SFAS No. 144. During 2003, the Company determined that certain intangible long-lived assets were impaired and recorded losses accordingly, under SFAS No. 144. During the three months ended March 31, 2004, we determined that certain intangible long-lived assets were impaired and recorded a loss of $0.2 million under SFAS No. 144. Future events could cause the Company to conclude that impairment indicators once again exist. Any resulting impairment loss could have a material adverse impact on the Company's financial condition and results of operations.

Revenue Recognition

        The Company generates revenue primarily from the sale of hardware products, including third-party products, through professional services, and through the sale of its software products. The

F-9



Company sells products through direct sales channels and through distributors. Generally, product revenue is generated from the sale of video processing systems and components and the sale of broadband transport and service management products. Turnkey solution revenue is principally generated by the sale of complete end-to-end video processing systems that are designed, developed and produced according to a buyer's specifications.

Product revenues

        Product revenue is generated primarily from the sale of complete end-to-end video processing systems generally referred to as turnkey solutions. Turnkey solutions are multi-element arrangements, which consist of hardware products, software products, professional services and post contract support. Sales of turnkey solutions are classified as product revenue in the statement of operations.

        Product revenue is also generated from the sale of video processing component products and the sale of broadband transport and service management products. The Company sells these products through its own direct sales channels and also through distributors.

        The Company's revenue recognition policies for turnkey solutions are in accordance with SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, as amended, which is the authoritative guidance for recognizing revenue on software transactions and transactions in which software is more than incidental to the arrangement. SOP 97-2 requires that revenue recognized from software arrangements be allocated to each element of the arrangement based on the relative fair values of the elements, such as hardware, software products, maintenance services, installation, training or other elements. Under SOP 97-2, the determination of fair value is based on objective evidence that is specific to the vendor. If such evidence of fair value for any undelivered element of the arrangement does not exist, all revenue from the arrangement is deferred until such time that evidence of fair value does exist or until all elements of the arrangement are delivered, subject to certain limited exceptions set forth in SOP 97-2, as amended. SOP 97-2 was amended in February 1998 by SOP 98-4, Deferral of the Effective Date of a Provision of SOP 97-2 and was amended again in December 1998 by SOP 98-9, Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, with Respect to Certain Transactions. Those amendments deferred and then clarified, respectively, the specification of what was considered vendor specific objective evidence of fair value for the various elements in a multiple element arrangement.

        In the case of software arrangements that require significant production, modification or customization of software, which encompasses all of the Company's turnkey arrangements, SOP 97-2 refers to the guidance in SOP 81-1, Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts. The Company recognizes revenue for all turnkey arrangements in accordance with SOP 97-2 and SOP 81-1. Excluding the PCS element, for which the Company has established vendor specific objective evidence of fair value (as defined by SOP 97-2), revenue from turnkey solutions is generally recognized using the percentage-of-completion method, as stipulated by SOP 81-1. The percentage-of-completion method reflects the portion of the anticipated contract revenue that has been earned that is equal to the ratio of labor effort expended to date to the anticipated final labor effort, based on current estimates of total labor effort necessary to complete the project. Revenue from the PCS element of the arrangement is deferred at the point of sale and recognized over the term of the PCS period. Generally, the terms of the turnkey solution sales provide for billing of approximately 90% of the contract value of the arrangement prior to the time of delivery to the customer site, with an additional approximately 9% of the contract value billed upon substantial completion of the project and the balance upon customer acceptance. The contractual arrangements relative to turnkey solutions include customer acceptance provisions. However, such provisions are generally considered to be

F-10



incidental to the arrangement in its entirety because customers are fully obligated with respect to approximately 99% of the contract value irrespective of whether acceptance occurs or not.

        For direct sales of video processing systems component products not included as part of turnkey solutions and the direct sale of broadband transport and service management products, the Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured.

        Significant management judgments and estimates must be made in connection with the measurement of revenue in a given period. The Company follows specific and detailed guidelines for determining the timing of revenue recognition. At the time of the transaction, the Company assesses a number of factors, including specific contract and purchase order terms, completion and timing of delivery to the common-carrier, past transaction history with the customer, the creditworthiness of the customer, evidence of sell-through to the end user, and current payment terms. Based on the results of the assessment, the Company may recognize revenue when the products are shipped or defer recognition of revenue until evidence of sell-through occurs and cash is received. In order to recognize revenue, the Company must also make a judgment regarding collectibility of the arrangement fee. Management's judgment of collectibility is applied on a customer-by-customer basis pursuant to the Company's credit review policy. The Company sells to customers for which there is a history of successful collection and to new customers for which no similar history may exist. New customers are subject to a credit review process, which evaluates the customers' financial position and ability to pay. New customers are typically assigned a credit limit based on a review of their financial position. Such credit limits are increased only after a successful collection history with the customer has been established. If it is determined from the outset of an arrangement that collectibility is not probable based upon the Company's credit review process, no credit is extended and revenue is recognized on a cash-collected basis.

        The Company also maintains accruals and allowances for all cooperative marketing and other programs, as necessary. Estimated sales returns and warranty costs are based on historical experience and are recorded at the time revenue is recognized, as necessary. The Company's products generally carry a one year warranty from the date of purchase. To date, warranty costs have been insignificant to the overall financial statements taken as a whole.

License and Royalty Revenue

        License and royalty revenue consists of nonrefundable up-front license fees, some of which may offset initial royalty payments, and royalties received by the Company for products sold by its licensees. Currently, the majority of the Company's license and royalty revenue is comprised of non-refundable license fees paid in advance. Such revenue is recognized ratably over the period during which post-contract customer support is expected to be provided or upon delivery and transfer of agreed upon technical specifications in contracts where essentially no further support obligations exist. Future license and royalty revenue is expected to consist primarily of royalties received by the Company for products sold by its licensees.

        Should changes in conditions cause us to determine that the criteria for revenue recognition are not met for certain future transactions, revenue recognition for any reporting period could be adversely affected.

F-11



Accounting for stock based compensation

        The Company accounts for stock-based employee compensation arrangements in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," Financial Accounting Standard Board Interpretation No. 44 ("FIN 44") "Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation—an Interpretation of APB 25," and complies with the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, Transition and Disclosure." Under APB No. 25, compensation expense is based on the difference, if any, on the date of the grant, between the fair value of the Company's stock and the exercise price. The Company accounts for stock issued to non-employees in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 148 and the EITF Issue No. 96-18, "Accounting for Equity Instruments that are Issued to other than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling Goods or Services."

        The Company amortizes stock-based compensation using the straight-line method over the remaining vesting periods of the related options, which is generally four years. Pro forma information regarding net loss and earnings per share is required to be determined as if we had accounted for employee stock options under the fair value method of SFAS No. 123, as amended by SFAS No. 148.

        The following table illustrates the effect on net loss and loss per share if the Company's had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, as amended by SFAS No. 148, to stock-based employee compensation:

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2001
  2002
  2003
 
Net loss—as reported   $ (104,326 ) $ (41,625 ) $ (5,517 )
Add:                    
  Unearned stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net loss     684     17      
Deduct                    
  Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under a fair value based method for all grants, net of related tax effects     (8,432 )   (14,053 )   (3,646 )
   
 
 
 
Net loss—pro forma   $ (112,074 ) $ (55,661 ) $ (9,163 )
   
 
 
 
Basic and diluted net loss per share—as reported   $ (6.39 ) $ (2.45 ) $ (0.28 )
   
 
 
 
Basic and diluted net loss per share—pro forma   $ (6.86 ) $ (3.28 ) $ (0.46 )
   
 
 
 

        The fair value of options and shares issued pursuant to the option plans and at the grant date were estimated using the Black-Scholes model. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option-pricing models require the input of highly subjective assumptions including the expected stock price volatility. The Company uses projected volatility rates, which are based upon historical volatility rates trended into future years. Because employee stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management's opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of options.

F-12


        The effects of applying pro forma disclosures of net loss and earnings per share are not likely to be representative of the pro forma effects on net loss/income and earnings per share in the future years, as the number of future shares to be issued under these plans is not known and the assumptions used to determine the fair value can vary significantly.

        The fair value of each stock option grant has been estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company has also estimated the fair value of the purchase rights issued from its employee stock purchase plan, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company first issued purchase rights from the 1998 Purchase Plan in fiscal 1999. The following table outlines the weighted average assumptions for both the stock options granted and the purchase rights issued:

 
  Stock Option Plans
Year Ended December 31,

  Employee Stock
Purchase Plan
Year Ended December 31,

 
 
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2001
  2002
  2003
 
Expected dividend yield   0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 %
Risk-free interest rate   4.2 % 3.0 % 2.5 % 4.6 % 3.5 % 1.26 %
Expected volatility   137.4 % 95.2 % 80.7 % 137.4 % 95.2 % 80.7 %
Expected life (in years)   4.0   4.0   4.0   0.5   0.5   0.5  

        Generally, the Company grants options at a price equal to the fair market value of the Company's stock on the date of the grant. The weighted-average estimated fair values of stock options granted during fiscal 2001, 2002 and 2003 as calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model were $1.84, $1.06 and $1.82 per share, respectively.

Advertising expenses

        The Company accounts for advertising costs as expense in the period in which they are incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 was zero, and $103 for the year ended December 31, 2001.

Research and development

        Research and development expenditures are charged to expense as incurred.

Software Development Costs

        Costs incurred in the research and development of new software products are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility has been established at which time such costs are capitalized, subject to a net realizable value evaluation. Technology feasibility is established upon the completion of an integrated working model. Costs incurred between completion of the working model and the point at which the product is ready for general release have not been significant. Accordingly, the Company has charged all costs to research and development expense in the period incurred.

Income taxes

        Deferred income taxes result primarily from temporary differences between financial and tax reporting. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement bases and the tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates. A valuation

F-13



allowance is established to reduce a deferred tax asset to the amount that is expected more likely than not to be realized.

Foreign currency translation

        The functional currency for the Company's foreign subsidiary is the relevant local currency. The translation from foreign currencies to U.S. dollars is performed for balance sheet accounts using current exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and for revenue and expense accounts using the weighted average exchange rate during the period. Adjustments resulting from such translation are reflected in other comprehensive loss as a separate component of stockholders' equity. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in the results of operations and have been immaterial for all periods presented.

Net loss per share

        Basic and diluted net loss per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Options were not included in the computation of diluted net loss per share because the effect would be antidilutive.

        The calculation of net loss per share follows:

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2001
  2002
  2003
 
Net loss per share, basic and diluted:                    
  Net loss   $ (104,326 ) $ (41,625 ) $ (5,517 )
   
 
 
 
Shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted     16,326     16,957     19,996  
   
 
 
 
Net loss per share, basic and diluted   $ (6.39 ) $ (2.45 ) $ (0.28 )
   
 
 
 
Antidilutive securities, including only options, not included in net loss per share calculations     3,054     4,204     3,649  
   
 
 
 

Other comprehensive (loss) income

        Other comprehensive (loss) income includes unrealized gains and losses on other assets and foreign currency translation adjustments that have been previously excluded from net loss and reflected instead in stockholders' equity. The following table sets forth the components of other comprehensive (loss) income:

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2001
  2002
  2003
 
Unrealized gains (losses) on investments   $ (70 ) $ (48 ) $ 74  
Foreign currency translation adjustment     (14 )   (15 )   (22 )
   
 
 
 
Total   $ (84 ) $ (63 ) $ 52  
   
 
 
 

F-14


Concentrations

        The Company operates in one business segment, designing, developing and selling video content processing systems optimized for the provisioning of public broadcast digital TV services across telephone company and cable company facilities, digital video trunking systems for applications across TV broadcast, government and education facilities, and broadband data transmission systems for application over existing private campus or building facilities.

        The market for these products is characterized by rapid technological developments, frequent new product introductions, changes in end-user requirements and constantly evolving industry standards. The Company's future success depends on its ability to develop, introduce and market enhancements to its existing products, to introduce new products in a timely manner that meet customer requirements and to respond effectively to competitive pressures and technological advances. Further, the emergence of new industry standards, whether formally adopted by official standards committees or informally through widespread use of such standards by telephone companies or other service providers, could require the Company to redesign its products.

        Currently, the Company relies on contract manufacturers and certain single source suppliers of materials for certain product components. As a result, should the Company's current manufacturers or suppliers not produce and deliver inventory for the Company to sell on a timely basis, operating results could be adversely impacted.

        From time to time, the Company maintains a substantial portion of its cash and cash equivalents in money market accounts with one financial institution. The Company invests its excess cash in debt instruments of the U.S. Treasury, governmental agencies and corporations with strong credit ratings. The Company has established guidelines relating to diversification and maturities in order to maintain the safety and liquidity of these assets. To date, the Company has not experienced any significant losses on its cash equivalents or short-term investments.

Recent accounting pronouncements

        In July 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," which addresses financial accounting and reporting for acquired goodwill and other intangible assets and supersedes Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 17, "Intangible Assets." It addresses how intangible assets that are acquired individually or with a group of other assets, but not those acquired in a business combination, should be accounted for in financial statements upon their acquisition. SFAS No. 142 also addresses how goodwill and other intangible assets should be accounted for after they have been initially recognized in the financial statements. We adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 142 on January 1, 2002. The following table presents the impact of

F-15



SFAS No. 142 on net loss and net loss per share had the standard been in effect for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002, and 2003:

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2001
  2002
  2003
 
Net loss—as reported   $ (104,326 ) $ (41,625 ) $ (5,517 )
Adjustment:                    
Amortization of goodwill     5,618          
   
 
 
 
Net loss—as adjusted   $ (98,708 ) $ (41,625 ) $ (5,517 )
   
 
 
 
Net loss per share, basic and diluted—as reported   $ (6.39 ) $ (2.45 ) $ (0.28 )
   
 
 
 
Net loss per share, basic and diluted—as adjusted   $ (6.05 ) $ (2.45 ) $ (0.28 )
   
 
 
 

        In July 2002, the FASB issued SFAS 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities." SFAS 146 requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred. SFAS 146 eliminates the definition and requirement for recognition of exit costs in Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 94-3, "Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)," where a liability for an exit cost was recognized at the date of an entity's commitment to an exit plan. This statement is effective for exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002. The adoption of this Statement did not have a material impact on the Company's results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

        In November 2002, EITF reached a consensus on Issue No. 00 -21, "Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables." EITF Issue No. 00-21 provides guidance on how to account for arrangements that involve the delivery or performance of multiple products, services and/or rights to use assets. The provisions of EITF Issue No. 00-21 apply to revenue arrangements entered into in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of this Statement did not have a material impact on the Company's results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

        In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, Transition and Disclosure." SFAS No. 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. SFAS No. 148 also requires that disclosures of the pro forma effect of using the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation be displayed more prominently and in a tabular format. Additionally, SFAS No. 148 requires disclosure of the pro forma effect in interim financial statements. The transition and annual disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 148 are effective for fiscal years ended after December 15, 2002. The interim disclosure requirements are effective for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2002. The annual disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 148 have been implemented in the Company's financial statements. The adoption of this Statement did not have a material impact on the Company's results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

        In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 (FIN 46), "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51, Consolidated Financial Statements," and subsequently revised in December 2003 with the issuance of FIN46-R. This interpretation requires certain variable interest entities to be consolidated by the primary beneficiary of the entity if the equity investors in the entity do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have

F-16



sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. Application of this Interpretation is required in financial statements for periods ending after March 15, 2004. The Company does not believe that the adoption of this Interpretation will have a material impact on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

        In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, "Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS No. 149 amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives) and for hedging activities under Statement No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS No. 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after September 30, 2003, and for hedging relationships designated after September 30, 2003. The adoption of this Statement did not have a material impact on the Company's results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

        In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity." SFAS No. 150 establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires that an issuer classify a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances). Many of those instruments were previously classified as equity. SFAS No. 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after September 15, 2003. It is to be implemented by reporting the cumulative effect of a change in an accounting principle for financial instruments created before the issuance date of SFAS No. 150 and still existing at the beginning of the interim period of adoption. Restatement is not permitted. On November 7, 2003, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 150-3 (FSP 150-3), "Effective Date, Disclosures, and Transition for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests under FASB Statement No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity." FSP 150-3 deferred certain aspects of FAS 150. The adoption of FAS 150 and FAS 150-3 did not have a material impact on the Company's results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

        On December 17, 2003, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104 (SAB 104), Revenue Recognition, which supersedes SAB 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements. SAB 104's primary purpose is to rescind accounting guidance contained in SAB 101 related to multiple element revenue arrangements, superseded as a result of the issuance of EITF 00-21, "Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables." Additionally, SAB 104 rescinds the SEC's Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements Frequently Asked Questions and Answers (the FAQ) issued with SAB 101 that had been codified in SAB Topic 13, Revenue Recognition. Selected portions of the FAQ have been incorporated into SAB 104. While the wording of SAB 104 has changed to reflect the issuance of EITF 00-21, the revenue recognition principles of SAB 101 remain largely unchanged by the issuance of SAB 104. The adoption of SAB 104 on December 17, 2003 did not materially affect the Company's revenue recognition policies, nor the Company's results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

Reclassifications

        Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year balances in order to conform to the current year presentation. Such reclassifications had no impact on net loss or net stockholders' equity.

F-17



NOTE 3—ACQUISITIONS:

    a)  ActiveTelco

        On January 11, 2001, the Company acquired ActiveTelco, Inc. (ActiveTelco) for approximately $4,850, consisting of an aggregate of 321 shares of the Company's common stock and 19 options to purchase shares of the Company's common stock, acquisition related expenses consisting primarily of legal and other professional fees, assumed ActiveTelco convertible notes in the amount of $650 plus accrued interest and other assumed liabilities of approximately $1,100. This transaction was treated as a purchase for accounting purposes. ActiveTelco provided an Internet telephony platform that enabled Internet and telecommunications service providers to integrate and deliver web-based telephony applications such as unified messaging, long-distance service, voicemail and fax delivery, call forwarding, call conferencing and callback services.

        The allocation of the purchase price was based on the estimated fair value of goodwill of $3,248, assembled workforce of $442, and in-process research and development of $1,160. The amount allocated to intangibles was determined based on an appraisal using established valuation techniques. The purchased in-process technology was expensed upon acquisition because technological feasibility had not been established and no future alternative uses existed. The in-process technology percentage of completion was estimated to be 75%. The value of this in-process technology was determined by estimating the costs to develop the purchased in-process technology into a commercially viable product, estimating the resulting net cash flows from the sale of the product resulting from the completion of the in-process technology and discounting the net cash flows back to their present value. Research and development costs to bring in-process technology from ActiveTelco to technological feasibility did not have a material impact on the Company's results of operations, or cashflows. The results of operations of ActiveTelco have been included in the consolidated statement of operations from January 11, 2001.

    b)  ViaGate

        On September 14, 2001, the Company acquired certain assets of ViaGate Technologies, Inc. (ViaGate) for $550 in cash and assumed liabilities of $46 for certain capital leases. The allocation of the purchase price was based on the fair market value of the assets at the date of acquisition of property and equipment of $5, and the estimated fair value of completed technology and patents of $591.

    c)  VideoTele.com

        On November 7, 2002, the Company acquired VideoTele.com, Inc. (VTC) from Tektronix, Inc. for approximately $7,155, consisting of an aggregate of 3,283 shares of the Company's common stock valued at $3,612, acquisition related expenses consisting primarily of legal and other professional fees of $320, and a note payable to Tektronix in the amount of $3,223. The results of operations of VTC have been included in the consolidated statement of operations from November 7, 2002. As a result of this acquisition, the Company now offers video content processing systems that optimize the provisioning of digital TV services across telephone company networks.

        The Company determined the fair value of the acquired intangibles, including in-process technology based on an appraisal using established valuation techniques. The in-process research and development percentage of completion was estimated to be 20%, 40% and 50% for the Astria, M2 and software product lines, respectively. The value of this in-process research and development was

F-18



determined by estimating the costs to develop the purchased in-process research and development into a commercially viable product, estimating the resulting net cash flows from the sale of the product resulting from the completion of the in-process technology and discounting the net cash flows back to their present value.

        The fair value of the net assets acquired of $14,624 exceeded the purchase price of $7,155, thereby resulting in negative goodwill of $7,469. All long-lived assets, including in-process research and development, were reduced on a pro rata basis by the amount of the negative goodwill. The net amount allocated to purchased in-process research and development was expensed upon acquisition because technological feasibility had not been established and no future alternative uses existed. The allocation of the purchase price was as follows:

Net current assets   $ 3,035
Property and equipment     1,006
Other assets     70
In-process research and development     562
Completed technology and patents     1,784
Contract backlog     247
Customer list     86
Maintenance contract renewals     50
Trademarks     315
   
    $ 7,155
   

        The following unaudited pro forma consolidated information gives effect to the acquisition of VTC as if it had occurred on January 1, 2001 and 2002 by consolidating the results of operations of VTC with the results of operations of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002. These pro forma results exclude the nonrecurring write-off of in-process research and development of $562 related to the VTC acquisition for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002.

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2001
  2002
 
 
  (unaudited)

 
Revenue   $ 46,383   $ 21,895  
Net loss   $ (104,867 ) $ (46,904 )
Net loss per share, basic and diluted   $ (5.35 ) $ (2.38 )

F-19


NOTE 4—BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS:

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2003
 
Inventories, net:              
  Finished goods   $ 38,599   $ 4,015  
  Raw materials     3,007     391  
  Allowance for excess and obsolete inventory and abandoned product     (37,718 )   (225 )
   
 
 
    $ 3,888   $ 4,181  
   
 
 
Property and equipment:              
  Computers and software   $ 932   $ 1,328  
  Test equipment     420     2,277  
  Office equipment     1,114     41  
   
 
 
      2,466     3,646  
  Less: accumulated depreciation     (836 )   (1,924 )
   
 
 
    $ 1,630   $ 1,722  
   
 
 
Accrued liabilities:              
  Provision for loss on purchase commitments (see Note 8)   $ 3,700   $  
  Professional services     612     494  
  Compensation     604     652  
  Restructuring accrual (see Note 6)     473      
  Other     535     370  
   
 
 
    $ 5,924   $ 1,516  
   
 
 

        Intangibles and other assets:

 
  As of December 31, 2002
 
  Gross
Carrying
Amount

  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net
Intangibles

Amortized intangible assets:                  
Completed technology and patents   $ 8,253   $ (3,473 ) $ 4,780
Contract backlog     247     (35 )   212
Customer list     86     (2 )   84
Maintenance contract renewals     50     (2 )   48
Trademarks     315     (8 )   307
   
 
 
    $ 8,951   $ (3,520 )   5,431
   
 
     
Other non-current assets                 155
               
                $ 5,586
               

F-20



 


 

As of December 31, 2003

 
  Gross
Carrying
Amount

  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net
Intangibles

Amortized intangible assets:                  
Completed technology and patents   $ 8,125   $ (5,003 ) $ 3,122
Contract backlog     247     (247 )  
Customer list     86     (14 )   72
Maintenance contract renewals     50     (12 )   38
Trademarks     315     (52 )   263
   
 
 
    $ 8,823   $ (5,328 )   3,495
   
 
     
Other non-current assets                 190
               
                $ 3,685
               

        The aggregate amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002, and 2003 was $8,085, $1,304, and $1,809, respectively.

        Minimum future amortization expense for subsequent years are as follows:

2004     1,586
2005     955
2006     485
2007     363
2008 and thereafter     106
   
    $ 3,495
   

NOTE 5—NOTE PAYABLE:

        As part of the Company's acquisition of VTC from Tektronix, Inc. in November 2002, the Company issued a note payable to Tektronix, Inc. for $3,232, with repayment in sixty months, or November 2007. The interest rate on this note is 8% and is compounded annually. Through January 31, 2006, the accrued interest is added to the principal balance of the note. Thereafter, the Company will pay accrued interest on this note commencing on January 31, 2006 and on each April 30, July 31 and October 31 thereafter until the principal balance is paid in full. As of December 31, 2003, this note payable balance, including accrued interest, was $3,523.

NOTE 6—RESTRUCTURING COSTS, IMPAIRMENT OF CERTAIN INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND PROVISION FOR INVENTORY:

    Restructuring costs

        During 2001, the Company recorded $2,311 in restructuring costs and related facility costs in connection with its April 2001 and October 2001 workforce reductions.

        In April 2001, the Company announced a restructuring program that included a workforce reduction, closure of excess facilities, and disposal of certain of its fixed assets. As a result of this restructuring program, the Company recorded restructuring costs of $2,092. The restructuring program

F-21



resulted in the reduction of approximately 28% of the Company's employees, and the Company recorded a workforce reduction charge of approximately $1,235 relating primarily to severance and fringe benefits. In addition, the number of temporary and contract workers employed by the Company was significantly reduced. The Company recorded costs of restructuring of $785 relating to closure of excess facilities. The closure of excess facilities included the closure of certain satellite facilities due to workforce reductions and the Company's effort to reduce operating expenses as a result of the restructuring. This cost of restructuring is primarily comprised of non-cancelable lease and operating costs. Other fixed assets retired as a result of the workforce reductions totaled $72. Cash expenditures relating to these workforce reductions were paid in the second quarter of 2001. Amounts related to the closure of excess facilities were accrued in the second quarter of 2001 and were paid over the respective lease terms through August 2002. As of December 31, 2001, the Company had a remaining accrual of $402, related to the Sunnyvale facility shut down in the second quarter of 2001, which was paid monthly through August 2002.

        In October 2001, the Company further reduced its workforce by approximately 11%. The Company recorded a workforce reduction charge of $219. Cash expenditures relating to this workforce reduction were paid in the fourth quarter of 2001.

        During 2002, the Company recorded $9,147 in restructuring costs and related facility costs in connection with its August 2002 and November 2002 workforce reductions, which resulted in an aggregate workforce reduction of 53%.

        In August 2002, the Company announced a restructuring program that included a workforce reduction, closure of its Bridgewater Township, New Jersey research and development facility and disposal of certain of its fixed assets located in New Jersey. As a result of this restructuring program, the Company recorded restructuring costs of $870, which included severance and outplacement expenses of $531 and costs to close the New Jersey facility of $339. As of December 31, 2002, the Company had paid all of the costs related to this restructuring program.

        In November 2002, the Company announced a restructuring program that included a workforce reduction, termination of its Pleasanton, California headquarters facility lease and disposal of certain of its fixed assets. As a result of this restructuring program, the Company recorded restructuring costs of $8,277, which was comprised of severance and outplacement expenses of $635, costs to terminate the Pleasanton, California lease of $2,444, $2,271 for abandonment of leasehold improvements, $2,447 for abandonment of fixed assets and $480 to terminate various equipment leases. As of December 31, 2002, the Company had a remaining accrual of $473 comprised of costs to terminate various equipment leases and the severance payments, which was paid in the first quarter of 2003.

        In August 2003, the Company implemented a restructuring program that included a workforce reduction and relocation. As a result of this restructuring program, the Company recorded restructuring costs of $292. The workforce reduction was approximately 11% of the Company's employees, resulting in severance and fringe benefit expenses of approximately $192 along with relocation costs of $100. As of December 31, 2003, the Company had paid all the costs relating to this restructuring program.

    Impairment of intangible assets

        The Company recorded impairment charges totaling $32,551 in 2001 and $128 in 2003, there was no such impairment charge in 2002.

F-22


        During the first quarter of 2001, the Company recorded a $2,692 impairment charge relating to completed technology and patents. This resulted from the Company's decision not to pursue further incorporation of the related OneGate product and other intellectual property acquired from FreeGate on February 14, 2000 into the design of future products.

        Based on the impairment review performed during the third quarter of 2001, the Company recorded a $29,859 impairment charge to reduce goodwill, assembled workforce, and completed technology and patents. The charge was determined based upon estimated discounted future cash flows using a discount rate of 20%. The assumptions supporting future cash flows, including the discount rate, were determined using management's best estimates. The underlying factors contributing to the decline in expected future cash flows included a slowdown in the telecommunications market and the indefinite postponement of capital expenditures, especially within the hospitality industry.

        During the second quarter of 2003, the Company determined that certain of the technology acquired as part of the purchase of the Via Gate assets had become impaired. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $128.

    Provision for inventory

        The Company recorded a provision for inventory within cost of goods sold totaling $18,500 in the first quarter of 2001, related to the costs of raw materials and finished goods in excess of what the Company reasonably expected to sell in the foreseeable future as of the first quarter of 2001. The Company recorded an additional provision for inventory totaling $11,425 during the third quarter of 2001, related to the costs of raw materials and finished goods in excess of revised projections of what the Company reasonably expected to sell in the foreseeable future as of the third quarter of 2001. These revised projections were a result of continued decline in the telecommunications market, and, following the events surrounding September 11, 2001, the indefinite postponement of capital expenditures, especially within the hospitality industry. The Company recorded an additional provision for inventory totaling $4,312 in the fourth quarter of 2001 as a part of our normal business operations and product inventory assessments.

        The Company recorded a provision, within costs of goods sold, for inventory totaling $7,125 in 2002, of which $265, $4,918 and $1,942 were recorded in the first, second and fourth quarters of 2002, respectively. These provisions related to the costs of raw materials and finished goods in excess of what the Company reasonably expected to sell in the foreseeable future, based on the continued decline in the telecommunications market and current economic conditions. In 2003, the Company sold $1,491 of inventory which had been reserved for in 2002.

F-23



NOTE 7—INCOME TAXES:

        The components of net deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 are as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2003
 
Deferred tax assets:              
  Net operating loss carryforwards   $ 70,349   $ 75,018  
  Research and development credit     5,035     5,051  
  Deferred research and development costs     1,762     1,762  
  Deferred revenue     499     76  
  Accruals and reserves     18,024     16,179  
  Acquired intangibles     7,688     7,818  
  Other     1,698     1,755  
   
 
 
      Gross deferred tax assets     105,055     107,659  
   
 
 
  Less: valuation allowance     (105,055 )   (107,659 )
   
 
 
      Net deferred tax assets   $   $  
   
 
 

        Due to the uncertainty surrounding the realization of the tax attributes in tax returns, the Company has placed a full valuation allowance against its otherwise recognizable net deferred tax assets.

        At December 31, 2003, the Company has approximately $205,640 in federal and $87,943 in state net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards to reduce future taxable income. Of these amounts, $28,054 and $12,058 represent federal and state tax deductions, respectively, from stock option compensation. The tax benefit from these deductions will be recorded as an adjustment to additional paid-in capital in the year in which the benefit is realized.

        At December 31, 2003, the Company also has research and experimentation tax credit carryforwards of approximately $3,180 and $1,872 for federal and state income tax purposes, respectively. The NOL and credit carryforwards expire in 2007 to 2023.

        The Company's ability to use its federal and state net operating loss carryforwards and federal and state tax credit carryforwards to reduce future taxable income and future taxes, respectively, may be subject to restrictions attributable to equity transactions that may have resulted in a change of ownership as defined by Internal Revenue Code Section 382. In the event the Company has had such a change in ownership, utilization of these carryforwards could be severely restricted and could result in significant amounts of these carryforwards expiring prior to benefiting the Company. The Company is currently assessing whether such a change in ownership has occurred.

        The Company's effective tax rate of zero is a result of the tax benefit calculated at the statutory tax rate completely offset by the deferred tax asset valuation allowance.

NOTE 8—LOSS ON PURCHASE COMMITMENTS AND ABANDONED PRODUCTS

        At December 31, 2000, the Company accrued a provision for estimated loss on purchase commitments in the amount of $19,042 related to cancelled purchase orders. In addition, at

F-24



December 31, 2000, the Company recorded a provision for loss on abandoned products of $8,181 related to the Company's decision to abandon the further development and sale of certain product lines. This amount excluded $6,287 already recorded as a provision for excess and obsolete inventory included in cost of goods sold related to product for the year ended December 31, 2000.

        During 2001, the Company reversed $2,869 of the provision for loss on purchase commitments against cost of goods sold and the Company paid its suppliers $11,752 upon receipt of raw material components related to its provision for loss on purchase commitments recorded in the fourth quarter of 2001. At December 31, 2001, these components were included in inventory offset by the provision for $11,752. There were no additional provisions recorded in 2001 related to these raw material components.

        During 2002, the Company settled the last of the 2000 purchase commitment cancellations with one of its suppliers. Due to favorable negotiations, the Company reversed $721 of the provision for loss on purchase commitments against cost of goods sold in the fourth quarter of 2002. At December 31, 2002, components valued at $9,813 remained of the purchase commitments settled in 2001 and 2002 and were included in inventory offset by a provision for $9,813. This decrease in component inventory during 2002 was primarily a result of sales of components through outside brokers, the proceeds from which were recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold in the period in which the cash was received and totaled $1,233. There were no additional provisions recorded in 2002 related to these raw material components.

NOTE 9—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

Lease obligations

        The Company leases office, manufacturing and warehouse space under noncancelable operating leases that expire in 2004 and 2005. In connection with the business combination in 2002, the Company assumed an operating lease that expires in July 2005.

        In August 2002, the Company entered into an agreement to terminate its lease for engineering facilities in Bridgewater Township, New Jersey for $257, which consisted of forfeiture of a $116 letter of credit and a cash payment of $141. As part of its November 2002 restructuring program, the Company entered into an agreement to terminate its lease for its headquarters facility in Pleasanton, California for $2,409, which consists of forfeiture of a $1,350 letter of credit and a cash payment of $1,059. The Company also incurred $327 in legal costs related to this lease termination. The letters of credit were secured by restricted cash of $1,718, which was included in other assets on the Company's balance sheet as of December 31, 2001. In December 2003, the Company entered into a lease agreement for a facility in Pleasanton, California that expires in September 2004.

        Minimum future lease payments under operating leases at December 31, 2003 are as follows:

2004   $ 955
2005     266
Thereafter    
   
    $ 1,221
   

        Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002, and 2003 was $2,630, $2,467, and $1,233, respectively.

F-25



    Purchase commitments

        The Company had noncancelable commitments to purchase finished goods inventory totaling $421 and $1,009 in aggregate at December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively. These purchase commitments represent outstanding purchase orders submitted to the Company's third-party manufacturers for goods to be produced and delivered to the Company in 2004.

    Royalty obligation

        In February 1999, the Company paid one of its founders, a former employee of the Company, $2,500 as a lump sum payment for all its future royalty obligations for the rights, title and interests in two patents. These two patents gave the Company exclusive control of the Balun technology required in the Company's products. The Company was amortizing this royalty payment ratably over the five year period beginning February 1999. Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2001, and 2002 was approximately $500 each year. During the fourth quarter of 2002, the remaining unamortized royalty balance of $542 was charged to cost of goods sold since the technology was no longer required in the Company's products.

    Contingencies

        On August 3, 2001, a complaint, Arrow Electronics, Inc. v. Tut Systems, Inc., Case No. CV 800433, was filed in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Santa Clara against the Company. The complaint was filed by one of the Company's suppliers and alleges causes of action for breach of contract and for money on common counts. The complaint sought damages in the amount of $10,469. The Company settled this case on December 20, 2002 for $3,700. This payment and the related costs have been recorded in the Company's consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2002. The amounts due under the settlement agreement were paid in full in 2003.

Whalen v. Tut Systems, Inc. et al

        On October 30, 2001, the Company and certain of its current and former officers and directors were named as defendants in Whalen v. Tut Systems, Inc. et al., Case No. 01-CV-9563, a purported securities class action lawsuit filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. An amended complaint was filed on December 5, 2001. A consolidated amended complaint was filed on April 19, 2002. The consolidated amended complaint asserts that the prospectuses from the Company's January 29, 1999 initial public offering and its March 23, 2000 secondary offering failed to disclose certain alleged actions by the underwriters for the offerings. The complaint alleges claims against the Company and certain of its current and former officers and directors under Section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and under Section 10(b) and Rule 10b-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and alleges claims against certain of its current and former officers and directors under Sections 15 and 20(a) of the Securities Act. The complaint also names as defendants the underwriters for the Company's initial public offering and secondary offering. Similar suits were filed in the Southern District of New York challenging over 300 other initial public offerings and secondary offerings conducted in 1999 and 2000. Therefore, for pretrial purposes, the Whalen action is being coordinated with the approximately 300 other suits before United States District Court Judge Shira Scheindlin of the Southern District of New York under the matter In Re Initial Public Offering Securities Litigation. The individual defendants in the Whalen action, namely, Nelson Caldwell, Salvatore D'Auria and Matthew Taylor, were dismissed without prejudice by an October 9, 2002 Order

F-26



of the Court, approving the parties' October 1, 2002 Stipulation of Dismissal. On February 19, 2003, the Court issued an Opinion and Order denying the Company's motion to dismiss.

        In June and July 2003, nearly all of the issuers named as defendants in the In Re Initial Public Offering Securities Litigation (collectively, the "issuer-defendants"), including the Company, approved a tentative settlement proposal that is reflected in a memorandum of understanding. The Company's Board of Directors approved the memorandum of understanding in June 2003 on certain conditions, including the number of issuers participating in the settlement. The memorandum of understanding is not a legally binding agreement. Further, any final settlement agreement would be subject to a number of conditions, most of which would be outside of the Company's control, including approval by the Court. The underwriter-defendants in the In Re Initial Public Offering Securities Litigation (collectively, the "underwriter-defendants"), including the underwriters named in the Whalen suit are not parties to the memorandum of understanding.

        The memorandum of understanding provides that, in exchange for a release of claims against the settling issuer-defendants, the insurers of all of the settling issuer-defendants will provide a surety undertaking to guarantee plaintiffs a $1 billion recovery from the non-settling defendants, including the underwriter-defendants. The ultimate amount, if any, that may be paid on behalf of the Company will therefore depend on the final terms of the settlement agreement, including the number of issuer-defendants that ultimately approve the final settlement agreement, and the amounts, if any, recovered by the plaintiffs from the underwriter-defendants and other non-settling defendants. In the event that all or substantially all of the issuer-defendants approve the final settlement agreement, the amount that the Company would be required to pay to the plaintiffs could range from zero to $3.5 million depending on plaintiffs' recovery from the underwriter-defendants and from other non-settling parties. If the plaintiffs recover at least $1 billion from the underwriter-defendants, the Company would have no liability for settlement payments under the proposed terms of the settlement. If the plaintiffs recover less than $1 billion, the Company believes that its insurance will likely cover some or all of its share of any payments towards satisfying plaintiffs' $1 billion recovery deficit. Management estimates that its range of loss relative to this matter is zero to approximately $3.5 million. Presently there is no more likely point estimate of loss within this range. As a consequence of the uncertainties described above regarding the amount the Company will ultimately be required to pay, if any, as of December 31, 2003, the Company has not accrued a liability for this matter.

In re Tut Systems, Inc. Securities Litigation, Civil Action No. C-01-2659-JCS (the "Securities Litigation Action").

        Beginning July 12, 2001, nine putative stockholder class action lawsuits were filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California against the Company and certain of its current and former officers and directors. The complaints were filed on behalf of a purported class of investors who purchased the Company's stock during the period between July 20, 2000 and January 31, 2001, seeking unspecified damages. The complaints allege that the Company and certain of its current and former officers and directors made false and misleading statements about the Company's business during the putative class period. Specifically, the complaints allege violations of Section 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The complaints were consolidated under the name In re Tut Systems, Inc. Securities Litigation, Master File No. C-01-2659-CW (the "Securities Litigation Action"). Lead plaintiffs and lead counsel for plaintiffs were appointed. Plaintiffs filed a consolidated class action complaint on February 4, 2002. Defendants filed a Motion to Dismiss on March 29, 2002. On August 15, 2002, the Court granted in part and denied in part the Motion to Dismiss. On

F-27



September 23, 2002, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint. Defendants filed a Motion to Dismiss the amended complaint, and on August 6, 2003 the Court granted in part that Motion. On September 24, 2003, defendants answered the remaining allegations of the amended complaint. Defendants reached a settlement of the Securities Litigation Action in December 2003. Subject to preliminary and final approval by the Court, the Company's insurance carriers agreed to pay $10 million, on behalf of the Company, to settle the suit. The settlement includes a release of all defendants. The Company has recorded a liability in its financial statements for the proposed amount of the settlement. In addition, because the insurance carriers agreed to pay the entire $10 million settlement amount and, therefore, recovery from the insurance carriers was probable, a receivable was also recorded for the same amount. Accordingly, there is no impact to the statement of operations because the amounts of the settlement and the insurance recovery fully offset each other. The insurance carriers paid the settlement amount to plaintiffs' escrow agent in January 2004. The Court preliminarily approved the settlement on February 24, 2004. The settlement amount will be paid out of escrow if and when the Court finally approves the settlement. A hearing before the Court to consider final approval of the terms of settlement is currently scheduled for May 14, 2004. Because the settlement is subject to Court approval, there is no guarantee the settlement will become final.

Lefkowitz v. D'Auria, et al

        On March 19, 2003, Chesky Lefkowitz, a stockholder of the Company, filed a derivative complaint entitled Lefkowitz v. D'Auria, et al., No. RG03087467, in the Superior Court of the State of California, County of Alameda, against certain of the Company's current and former officers and directors. The complaint alleges causes of action for breach of fiduciary duty, gross negligence, breach of contract, unjust enrichment, and improper insider stock trading based on the same factual allegations contained in the Securities Litigation Action. The complaint seeks unspecified damages against the individual defendants on behalf of the Company, equitable relief, and attorneys' fees. On May 21, 2003, the Company and the individual defendants filed separate demurrers to the complaint. The Company and the individual defendants reached a settlement of the derivative action in December 2003. The settlement involves the Company's adoption of certain corporate governance measures and payment of attorneys' fees and expenses to the derivative plaintiff's counsel in the amount of $722,000 and an incentive award to the derivative plaintiff in the amount of $3,000. The Company has recorded a liability in its financial statements for the proposed amount of the settlement. In addition, because the insurance carrier involved in this suit agreed to pay the entire $725,000 settlement amount and, therefore, recovery from the insurance carrier was probable, a receivable was also recorded for the same amount. Accordingly, there is no impact to the statement of operations because the amounts of the settlement and the insurance recovery fully offset each other. The settlement was approved by the Court on January 12, 2004, and, shortly thereafter, the insurance carrier paid the settlement amount to the derivative plaintiff's counsel. The settlement includes a release of the Company and the individual defendants.

        The Company is subject to other legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company's management does not expect that the ultimate costs to resolve these matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

F-28



NOTE 10—STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

    Preferred stock

        The Company has 5,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value, authorized for issuance. The Board of Directors can issue, in one or more series, this preferred stock and fix the voting rights, liquidation preferences, dividend rights, repurchase rights, conversion rights, redemption rights and terms and certain other rights and preferences with stockholder action. There was no preferred stock issued and outstanding at December 31, 2003 or 2002.

NOTE 11—EQUITY BENEFIT PLANS

    Stock option plans

        In November 1993, the Company adopted the 1992 Stock Plan (the "1992 Plan"), under which the Company may grant both incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options to employees, consultants and directors. Options issued under the 1992 Plan can have an exercise price of no less than 85% of the fair market value, as defined under the 1992 Plan, of the stock at the date of grant. The 1992 Plan, including amendments, allows for the issuance of a maximum of 178 shares of the Company's common stock. This number of shares of common stock has been reserved for issuance under the 1992 Plan. The Company is no longer granting stock options from the 1992 Plan. As stock options are terminated or cancelled from the 1992 Plan, the stock options are being retired and are no longer available for future grant.

        The Company's 1998 Stock Plan (the "1998 Plan") was adopted by the Board of Directors in July 1998 and was approved by the stockholders in September 1998 and has rights and privileges similar to the 1992 Plan. The 1998 Plan allows for the issuance of a maximum of 1,000 shares of the Company's common stock with annual increases starting in 2000, subject to certain limitations. In January 2000, the 1998 Plan was amended to increase the maximum number of shares that may be issued to 1,358. In January 2001, the 1998 Plan was amended to increase the maximum number of shares that may be issued by 375 to 1,733. In January 2002, the 1998 Plan was amended to increase the maximum number of shares by 375 to 2,108.

        The Company's 1999 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan (the "1999 Plan") was adopted by the Board of Directors in December 1999. The 1999 Plan allows for the issuance of a maximum of 1,000 shares of the Company's common stock. Additions to the Plan may be approved by the Board of Directors. The 1999 Plan has rights and privileges similar to the 1998 Plan. In April 2000, the 1999 Plan was amended to increase the maximum number of shares that may be issued to 1,425. In October 2000, the 1999 Plan was amended to increase the maximum number of shares that may be issued to 1,825. In October 2002, the 1999 Plan was amended to increase the maximum number of shares that may be issued to 2,625.

        Generally, stock options are granted with vesting periods of four years and have an expiration date of ten years from the date of grant. However, in the event of a change in control, as defined in our Change in Control plans adopted June 2000, employees who are terminated as a direct result of the change in control will be entitled to certain separation benefits including acceleration of unvested options ranging from six months to full vesting and severance pay ranging from one to eighteen months. Benefits may be limited in certain circumstances due to certain tax code provisions.

F-29



        Activity under the 1992, 1998 and 1999 Plans (the "Plans") are summarized as follows:

 
   
   
  Outstanding Options
 
  Shares
Available
For Grant

  Options
Exercised

  Number
of Shares

  Price
Per Share

  Aggregate
Price

  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Balance, January 1, 2001   587   1,055   2,755   $ 0.36–100.63   $ 91,858   $ 33.34
  Options authorized   375                
  Options granted   (2,450 )   2,450     0.11–6.19     5,566     2.27
  Options exercised     66   (66 )   0.11–3.60     (59 )   0.89
  Options terminated   2,144     (2,235 )   0.52–100.63     (75,454 )   33.76
  Restricted stock issued   (13 )              
  Repurchases of unvested shares   5                
   
 
 
       
 
Balance, December 31, 2001   648   1,121   2,904     0.11–68.25     21,911     7.54
  Options authorized   1,175                
  Options granted   (2,371 )   2,371     0.76–1.81     3,208     1.35
  Options exercised     11   (11 )   0.48–1.45     (12 )   1.09
  Options terminated   1,104     (1,060 )   0.11–54.88     (4,799 )   4.53
   
 
 
       
 
Balance, December 31, 2002   556   1,132   4,204     0.11–68.25     20,308     4.83
   
 
 
       
 
  Options authorized   375                          
  Options granted   (604 )     604     1.25–5.77     1,405     2.33
  Options exercised       440   (440 )   0.11–3.75     (831 )   1.89
  Options terminated   719       (719 )   1.21–54.88     (1,364 )   1.89
   
 
 
       
 
Balance, December 31, 2003   1,046   1,572   3,649   $ 0.11–68.25   $ 19,518   $ 5.35
   
 
 
       
 

        The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value options granted to consultants. The total estimated fair value of these grants during the periods presented was not significant and was expensed over the applicable vesting periods. No options were granted to consultants during 2003.

        At December 31, 2001, 2002, and 2003, vested options to purchase 1,108, 2,014, and 2,432 shares of common stock, respectively were unexercised. The weighted average exercise price of these options was $11.75, $8.29 and $8.29, per share for 2001, 2002, and 2003, respectively.

F-30



        The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2003:

 
  Options Outstanding
  Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices
  Number
Outstanding

  Weighted Average
Remaining Contractual
Life (years)

  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Number
Exercisable

  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

$  0.36–1.09   193   6.42   $ 0.75   182   $ 0.76
    1.21–1.21   621   8.85     1.21   332     1.21
    1.25–1.41   430   8.89     1.40   189     1.41
    1.43–1.49   907   7.99     1.47   628     1.48
    1.58–2.00   172   8.47     1.74   139     1.78
    2.09–2.40   472   7.91     2.18   274     2.22
    3.50–3.75   266   7.49     3.72   206     3.75
    4.45–8.00   105   9.61     4.72   29     4.83
  15.00–39.00   303   6.06     27.06   284     26.88
  41.75–68.25   180   6.33     52.87   169     53.29
   
           
     
    3,649             2,432      
   
           
     

    Employee stock purchase plan

        The Company's 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "1998 Purchase Plan") was adopted by the Board of Directors in July 1998 and was approved by the stockholders in September 1998. Under the 1998 Purchase Plan, an eligible employee may purchase shares of common stock from the Company through payroll deductions of up to 15% of his or her compensation, at a price per share equal to 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of the Company's common stock as of the first or last trading day on or after May 1 and November 1 and end on the last trading day of the period six (6) months later. In 1998, the Company reserved 250 shares of common stock for issuance under the 1998 Purchase Plan. In 2001, the Company allocated an additional 250 shares of common stock, increasing the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 1998 Purchase Plan to 500 of which 263 have been issued, leaving 237 for future issuances under the 1998 Purchase Plan as of December 31, 2003. The 1998 Purchase Plan is subject to annual increases, subject to certain limitations.

    401(k) plan

        In April 1995, the Company adopted the Tut Systems' Inc. 401(k) Plan (the "401(k) Plan") covering all eligible employees. Through December 31, 2001, contributions were limited to 15% of each employee's annual compensation, and further limited by IRS annual contribution limitations. Effective January 1, 2002, contributions are allowed up to 100% of each employee's annual compensation, but are still limited by IRS annual contribution limitations, depending on the age of the eligible employee. Contributions to the 401(k) Plan by the Company are discretionary. The Company did not make any contributions for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002, and 2003.

F-31


NOTE 12—SEGMENT INFORMATION:

    Revenue

        The Company currently targets its sales and marketing efforts to both public and private service providers and users across two related markets—the video processing systems market and the broadband transport and service management products market. The Company currently operates in a single business segment as there is only one measurement of profitability for its operations. Revenue relating to the broadband transport and service management products was $13,748, $8,245 and $8,263 for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 respectively. Revenue related to video processing systems was $0, $1,126 and $23,929 for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 respectively.

        Revenues are attributed to the following countries based on the location of customers:

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
  2001
  2002
  2003
United States   $ 6,007   $ 5,345   $ 26,263
International:                  
  Japan     5,331     1,340     393
  Korea     3        
  All other countries     2,407     2,686     5,536
   
 
 
    $ 13,748   $ 9,371   $ 32,192
   
 
 

        Two customers, Kanematsu Computer System Ltd. and RIKEI Corporation, accounted for 19% and 16%, respectively, of the Company's revenue for the year ended December 31, 2001. One customer, Ingram Micro, accounted for 11% of the Company's revenue for the year ended December 31, 2002. No individual customer accounted for greater than 10% of the Company's revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003.

Products

        The Company designs, develops, and sells video processing systems and broadband transport and service management products. Video processing systems include both digital TV headend systems and video systems. The digital TV headend system enables telephony-based service providers to transport broadcast quality digital video signals across their networks and our digital video transmission systems optimize the delivery of video signals across enterprise, government and education networks. The broadband transport and service management products enable the transmission of broadband data over existing hotels and private campus networks.

F-32



    Long-lived Assets

        The Company has long-lived assets, which consist of property and equipment, intangibles, and other assets. Long-lived assets are located in the following countries:

 
  December 31,
 
  2002
  2003
United States   $ 4,555   $ 3,654
United Kingdom     2,661     1,753
   
 
    $ 7,216   $ 5,407
   
 

NOTE 13—TENDER OFFER:

        On May 14, 2001, the Company made an offer to exchange all stock options outstanding under its 1992 Stock Plan, 1998 Stock Plan and the 1999 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan to purchase shares of the Company's common stock held by eligible employees for new stock options that were be granted under the Company's 1998 Stock Plan or the 1999 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Offer to Exchange. An "eligible employee" refers to all employees of Tut Systems, Inc. and its U.S. subsidiaries who were employees at the time the new stock options were granted, other than all executive officers, vice-presidents, members of the Board of Directors and employees receiving Workers' Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act pay, all of whom were not eligible to participate in the offer. The number of shares of common stock subject to the new stock options would be equal to the number of shares of common stock subject to the unexercised stock options tendered by such eligible employees and accepted for exchange and cancelled. The offer expired on June 8, 2001. Pursuant to the offer, the Company accepted, for cancellation, stock options to purchase approximately 1,057 shares of the Company's common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $35.99. Subject to the terms and conditions of the offer, the Company granted new stock options to purchase 851 shares of the Company's common stock on December 13, 2001 at an exercise price of $2.15 to those employees who were employed by the Company at that time, in exchange for the stock options tendered in response to the offer and accepted for exchange and cancelled. In accordance with FIN 44: Accounting for Certain Transactions involving Stock Compensation an interpretation, there was no compensation charge related to the exchange.

NOTE 14—PRODUCT WARRANTY

        The Company generally warrants its products for a specific period of time against material defects. The Company provides for the estimated future costs of warranty obligations in costs of goods sold when the related revenue is recognized. The accrued warranty costs represents the best estimate at the time of sale of the total costs that the Company expects to incur to repair or replace product parts, which fail while still under warranty. The amount of accrued estimated warranty costs are primarily based on historical experience as to product failure as well as current information on repair costs. On a quarterly basis, the Company reviews the accrued balances and updates the historical warranty cost trends. Warranty costs for the year ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 were immaterial to the overall financial statements.

F-33



TUT SYSTEMS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  December 31,
2003

  March 31,
2004

 
 
   
  (unaudited)

 
ASSETS              
Current assets:              
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 14,370   $ 12,270  
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $47 and $45 in 2003 and 2004, respectively     7,062     6,083  
  Insurance settlement receivable     10,725     10,000  
  Inventories, net     4,181     3,972  
  Prepaid expenses and other     1,026     1,627  
   
 
 
    Total current assets     37,364     33,952  
Property and equipment, net     1,722     2,078  
Intangibles and other assets     3,685     3,103  
   
 
 
    Total assets   $ 42,771   $ 39,133  
   
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY              
Current liabilities:              
  Accounts payable   $ 3,055   $ 3,732  
  Accrued liabilities     1,516     2,097  
  Legal settlement liability     10,725     10,000  
  Deferred revenue     253     368  
   
 
 
    Total current liabilities     15,549     16,197  
Note payable     3,523     3,603  
Other liabilities     44     31  
   
 
 
    Total liabilities     19,116     19,831  
   
 
 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)              
Stockholders' equity:              
  Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding in 2003 and 2004, respectively          
  Common stock, $0.001 par value, 100,000 shares authorized, 20,274 and 20,329 shares issued andout standing in 2003 and 2004, respectively     20     20  
  Additional paid-in capital     305,777     305,865  
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (89 )   (80 )
  Accumulated deficit     (282,053 )   (286,503 )
   
 
 
    Total stockholders' equity     23,655     19,302  
   
 
 
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 42,771   $ 39,133  
   
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-34



TUT SYSTEMS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

(unaudited)

 
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
  2003
  2004
 
Revenues:              
  Product   $ 6,401   $ 6,159  
  License and royalty     200     18  
   
 
 
    Total revenues     6,601     6,177  
   
 
 
Cost of goods sold:     3,259     5,129  
   
 
 
Gross profit     3,342     1,048  
   
 
 
Operating expenses:              
  Sales and marketing     1,927     1,905  
  Research and development     2,086     1,822  
  General and administrative     1,202     1,117  
  Impairment of intangible assets         202  
  Amortization of intangible assets     459     396  
   
 
 
    Total operating expenses     5,674     5,442  
   
 
 
Loss from operations     (2,332 )   (4,394 )
Interest and other income (expense), net     101     (56 )
   
 
 
Net loss   $ (2,231 ) $ (4,450 )
   
 
 
Net loss per share, basic and diluted (Note 3)   $ (0.11 ) $ (0.22 )
   
 
 
Shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted (Note 3)     19,801     20,297  
   
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-35



TUT SYSTEMS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
  2003
  2004
 
Cash flows from operating activities:              
  Net loss   $ (2,231 ) $ (4,450 )
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:              
    Depreciation     235     328  
    Noncash interest income     10      
    Provision for (recovery of) doubtful accounts     (15 )   13  
    Provision for excess and obsolete inventory and abandoned products         974  
    Impairment of intangible assets         202  
    Amortization of intangible assets     459     396  
    Deferred interest on note payable     64     80  
    Change in operating assets and liabilities:              
      Accounts receivable     (185 )   966  
      Inventories     48     (765 )
      Prepaid expenses and other assets     (467 )   (608 )
      Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     (2,044 )   1,245  
      Deferred revenue     (229 )   115  
   
 
 
        Net cash used in operating activities     (4,355 )   (1,504 )
   
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:              
  Purchase of property and equipment     (267 )   (684 )
   
 
 
        Net cash used in investing activities     (267 )   (684 )
   
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:              
  Proceeds from issuances of common stock, net     11     88  
   
 
 
        Net cash provided by financing activities     11     88  
   
 
 
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents     (4,611 )   (2,100 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     25,571     14,370  
   
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 20,960   $ 12,270  
   
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-36



TUT SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 1—DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS:

        The Company designs, develops, and sells digital video processing systems that enable telephony-based service providers to deliver broadcast quality digital video signals over their networks. The Company also offers video processing systems that enable private enterprise and government entities to transport video signals over satellite, fiber, radio, or copper networks for surveillance, distance learning, and TV production applications. The Company also designs, develops and markets broadband transport and service management products that enable the provisioning of high speed Internet access and other broadband data services over existing copper networks within hotels and private campus facilities.

        Historically, the Company derived most of its sales from its broadband transport and service management products. In November 2002, the Company acquired VideoTele.com, or VTC, from Tektronix, Inc. to extend its product offerings to include digital video processing systems. Video-based products now represent a majority of the Company's sales.

        The Company has incurred substantial losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception. For the three months ended March 31, 2004, the Company incurred a net loss of $4,450 and negative cash flows from operating activities of $1,504, and has an accumulated deficit of $286,503 at March 31, 2004. Management believes that the cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2004 are sufficient to fund its operating activities and capital expenditure needs for the next twelve months. However, in the event that general economic conditions worsen, the Company may require additional cash to fund its operations. The Company plans to seek additional equity funding to provide working capital, fund potential acquisitions and potentially redeem the VTC acquisition indebtedness. The Company cannot assure that such funding efforts will be successful. Failure to generate positive cash flow in the future could have a material impact on the Company's ability to achieve its intended business objectives.

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

Basis of presentation

        The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003 and for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004 are unaudited. The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company's financial position as of December 31, 2003 and March 31, 2004, its results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004 and its cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004. These condensed consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes are unaudited and should be read in conjunction with the Company's audited financial statements included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K/A, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 7, 2004. The balance sheet as of December 31, 2003 was derived from audited financial statements but does not include all disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2004 are not necessarily indicative of the expected results for any other interim period or the year ending December 31, 2004.

F-37



Accounting for long-lived assets

        The Company periodically assesses the impairment of long-lived assets. An impairment review is performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.

        Factors considered important which could trigger an impairment review include, but are not limited to, significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the overall business, significant negative industry or economic trends, a significant decline in the stock price for a sustained period and the Company's market capitalization relative to net book value.

        When management determines that the carrying value may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, any impairment measured is based on a projected discounted cash flow method using a discount rate commensurate with the risk inherent in the Company's current business model.

        During the three months ended March 31, 2004, the Company determined that certain of the technology acquired as part of the purchase of the Viagate Technologies, Inc. assets in September 2001 had become impaired. As a result, the Company incurred a loss of $202 to write-off the technology.

        Future events could cause the Company to conclude that impairment indicators exist. Any resulting impairment loss could have a material adverse impact on the Company's financial condition and results of operations.

Accounting for stock based compensation

        The Company accounts for stock-based employee compensation arrangements in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 ("APB No. 25"), "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," Financial Accounting Standard Board Interpretation No. 44 ("FIN 44"), "Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation—an Interpretation of APB 25," and complies with the disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 148 ("SFAS No. 148"), "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, Transition and Disclosure." Under APB No. 25, compensation expense is based on the difference, if any, on the date of the grant, between the fair market value of the Company's stock and the exercise price. The Company accounts for stock issued to non-employees in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 148 and the Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") Issue No. 96-18, "Accounting for Equity Instruments that are Issued to other than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling Goods or Services."

        The Company amortizes stock-based compensation using the straight-line method over the remaining vesting periods of the related options, which is generally four years. Pro forma information regarding net loss and earnings per share is presented and has been determined as if the Company had accounted for employee stock options under the fair value method of SFAS No. 123, as amended by SFAS No. 148.

F-38



        The following table illustrates the effect on net loss and earnings per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, as amended by SFAS No. 148, to stock-based employee compensation:

 
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
  2003
  2004
 
Net loss—as reported   $ (2,231 ) $ (4,450 )
Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under a fair value based method for all grants, net of related tax effects     (1,067 )   (812 )
   
 
 
Net loss—pro forma   $ (3,298 ) $ (5,262 )
   
 
 
Basic and diluted net loss per share—as reported   $ (0.11 ) $ (0.22 )
   
 
 
Basic and diluted net loss per share—pro forma   $ (0.17 ) $ (0.26 )
   
 
 

        The fair value of options and shares issued pursuant to the option plans and at the grant date were estimated using the Black-Scholes model. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. Option-pricing models require the input of highly subjective assumptions including the expected stock price volatility. The Company uses projected volatility rates, which are based upon historical volatility rates trended into future years. Because employee stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management's opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of options.

        The effects of applying pro forma disclosures of net loss and net loss per share are not likely to be representative of the pro forma effects on net loss/income and net loss/earnings per share in the future years, as the number of future shares to be issued under these plans is not known and the assumptions used to determine the fair value can vary significantly.

Recent accounting pronouncements

        In January 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the ("FASB") issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 (FIN 46), "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51, Consolidated Financial Statements," which was subsequently revised in December 2003 with the issuance of FIN46-R. This interpretation requires certain variable interest entities to be consolidated by the primary beneficiary of the entity if the equity investors in the entity do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. Application of this Interpretation is required in financial statements for periods ending after March 15, 2004. The adoption of this Interpretation in the period ended March 31, 2004 did not have a material impact on the Company's results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

Reclassifications

        Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period balances in order to conform to the current period presentation.

F-39



NOTE 3—NET LOSS PER SHARE:

        Basic and diluted net loss per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Options were not included in the computation of diluted net loss per share because the effect would be antidilutive.

        The calculation of net loss per share follows:

 
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
  2003
  2004
 
Net loss per share, basic and diluted:              
  Net loss   $ (2,231 ) $ (4,450 )
   
 
 
Net loss per share, basic and diluted   $ (0.11 ) $ (0.22 )
   
 
 
Shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted     19,801     20,297  
   
 
 
Antidilutive securities not included in net loss per share calculations     4,096     4,446  
   
 
 

NOTE 4—COMPREHENSIVE LOSS:

        Comprehensive loss includes net loss, unrealized gains and losses on investments, and foreign currency translation adjustments that have been previously excluded from net loss and reflected instead in stockholders' equity. The following table sets forth the calculation of comprehensive loss:

 
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
  2003
  2004
 
Net loss   $ (2,231 ) $ (4,450 )
Unrealized gains on investments     12     16  
Foreign currency translation adjustments     (5 )   (7 )
   
 
 
Net change in other comprehensive loss     7     9  
   
 
 
Total comprehensive loss   $ (2,224 ) $ (4,441 )
   
 
 

F-40


NOTE 5—BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS:

 
  December 31, 2003
  March 31, 2004
 
Inventories, net:              
  Finished goods   $ 4,015   $ 4,762  
  Raw materials     391     100  
  Allowance for excess and obsolete inventory and abandoned product     (225 )   (890 )
   
 
 
    $ 4,181   $ 3,972  
   
 
 
Property and equipment:              
  Computers and software   $ 1,328   $ 1,527  
  Test equipment     2,277     2,760  
  Office equipment     41     41  
   
 
 
      3,646     4,328  
  Less: accumulated depreciation     (1,924 )   (2,250 )
   
 
 
    $ 1,722   $ 2,078  
   
 
 
Accrued liabilities:              
  Professional Services     494     947  
  Compensation     652     800  
  Other     370     350  
   
 
 
    $ 1,516   $ 2,097  
   
 
 

        The Company recorded a provision for inventory within cost of goods sold totalling $974 in the three months ended March 31, 2004, related to the costs of raw materials and finished goods in excess of what the Company reasonably expected to sell in the foreseeable future as of the first quarter of 2004. The Company also reduced inventory costs to market value.

        Intangible and other assets:

 
  As of December 31, 2003
 
  Gross
Carrying
Amount

  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net
Intangibles

Intangible and other assets:                  
Completed technology and patents   $ 8,125   $ (5,003 ) $ 3,122
Contract backlog     247     (247 )  
Customer list     86     (14 )   72
Maintenance contract renewals     50     (12 )   38
Trademarks     315     (52 )   263
   
 
 
    $ 8,823   $ (5,328 )   3,495
   
 
     
Other non-current assets                 190
               
                $ 3,685
               

F-41


 
  As of March 31, 2004
 
  Gross
Carrying
Amount

  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net
Intangibles

Amortized intangible assets:                  
Completed technology and patents   $ 7,922   $ (5,382 ) $ 2,540
Contract backlog     247     (247 )  
Customer list     86     (17 )   69
Maintenance contract renewals     50     (14 )   36
Trademarks     315     (64 )   251
   
 
 
    $ 8,620   $ (5,724 )   2,896
   
 
     
Other non-current assets                 207
               
                $ 3,103
               

        During the three months ended March 31, 2004, the Company determined that certain of the technology acquired as part of the purchase of the Viagate Technologies, Inc. assets in September 2001 had become impaired. As a result, the Company incurred a loss of $202 to write-off the technology.

        The aggregate amortization expense for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004 was $459 and $396, respectively.

        Minimum future amortization expense as of March 31, 2004 is as follows:

Remainder of 2004   $ 1,129
2005     875
2006     424
2007     363
Thereafter     105
   
    $ 2,896
   

NOTE 6—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

    Lease obligations

        The Company leases equipment and office, assembly and warehouse space under non-cancelable operating leases that expire from 2004 through 2005.

        Minimum future lease payments under operating leases as of March 31, 2004 are as follows:

Remainder of 2004   $ 694
2005     266
Thereafter    
   
    $ 960
   

F-42


    Purchase commitments

        The Company had non-cancelable commitments to purchase finished goods inventory totaling $1,009 and $364 in aggregate at December 31, 2003 and March 31, 2004, respectively.

    Contingencies

        See Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of contingencies.

NOTE 7—SEGMENT INFORMATION:

        The Company currently targets its sales and marketing efforts to both public and private service providers and users across two related markets. The Company currently operates in a single business segment as there is only one measurement of profitability for its operations. Revenues are attributed to the following countries based on the location of customers:

 
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
  2003
  2004
United States   $ 5,731   $ 5,488
International:            
  Canada     120     299
  Ireland     253     145
  Japan     164     123
  All other countries     333     122
   
 
    $ 6,601   $ 6,177
   
 

        Two customers, Atlantic Telephone Membership Corporation and Home Telephone Company accounted for 12% and 11%, respectively of the Company's revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2003. One customer, Pioneer Long Distance Inc., accounted for 10% of the Company's revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2004.

Products

        The Company designs, develops, and sells video processing systems and broadband transport and service management products. Video processing systems include both digital TV headend systems and video systems. The digital TV headend system enables telephony-based service providers to transport broadcast quality digital video signals across their networks and our digital video transmission systems optimize the delivery of video signals across enterprise, government and education networks. The broadband transport and service management products enable the transmission of broadband data over existing hotels and private campus networks.

        Revenue relating to the broadband transport and service management products was $1,658 and $1,936 for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Revenue related to video processing systems was $4,943 and $4,241 for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

F-43


   

LOGO

  


PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS


   

Needham & Company, Inc.    

William Blair & Company

 

 

Merriman Curhan Ford & Co.

   

June 10, 2004



PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

ITEM 14: OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

 
  Amount
to be Paid

 
  (in thousands)
Registration Fee   $ 5
NASD     5
Printing     175
Legal Fees and Expenses     450
Accounting Fees and Expenses     125
Transfer Agent Fees     5
Miscellaneous     50
   
  Total   $ 815
   

        All such expenses are estimates. None of the expenses set forth in this Item 14 shall be borne by the selling stockholder.


ITEM 15: INDEMNIFICATION

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation's Board of Directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers. This may under certain circumstances include indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act as well as for expenses incurred in that regard. Article VII of the Registrant's Certificate of Incorporation and Article VI of the Registrant's By-laws provide for indemnification of its directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Registrant has also entered into Indemnification Agreements with its officers and directors.

        We have directors' and officers' liability insurance to provide our directors and officers with insurance coverage for losses arising from claims based on breaches of duty, negligence and other wrongful acts. We believe such insurance is necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

        In addition, the Registrant is party to a Standstill and Disposition Agreement with Tektronix, Inc. (the "Standstill Agreement"). The Standstill Agreement grants Tektronix, the selling stockholder, the right to have its shares registered for resale on a Form S-3, and to participate in certain other registrations which the Registrant may undertake. The Registrant filed this registration statement with the SEC in part to fulfill its contractual obligations under the Standstill Agreement. Under the Standstill Agreement, the Registrant has agreed to indemnify the selling stockholder, and the selling stockholder has agreed to indemnify the Registrant, against certain liabilities in connection with this offering.

II-1




ITEM 16: EXHIBITS

Exhibit
Number

  Description
1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement
5.1   Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
23.1   Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2   Consent of independent registered public accounting firm
24.1   Power of Attorney (included on the signature page hereto)


ITEM 17: UNDERTAKINGS

        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the Registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

        For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

        For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-2




SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing Amendment No. 2 on Form S-3 and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Lake Oswego, State of Oregon, on the 10th day of June, 2004.

    TUT SYSTEMS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
SALVATORE D'AURIA      
Salvatore D'Auria
President, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
RANDALL GAUSMAN      
Randall Gausman,
Vice President, Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Salvatore D'Auria and Randall Gausman and each of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and event act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

II-3



        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature

  Title(s)

  Date


/s/  
SALVATORE D'AURIA      
Salvatore D'Auria

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board (Principal Executive Officer)

 

June 10, 2004

/s/  
RANDALL GAUSMAN      
Randall Gausman

 

Vice President, Finance and Administration, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

June 10, 2004

/s/  
NEAL DOUGLAS      
Neal Douglas

 

Director

 

June 10, 2004

/s/  
CLIFFORD HIGGERSON      
Clifford Higgerson

 

Director

 

June 10, 2004

/s/  
GEORGE MIDDLEMAS      
George Middlemas

 

Director

 

June 10, 2004

/s/  
ROGER MOORE      
Roger Moore

 

Director

 

June 10, 2004

II-4



EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number

  Description
1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement
5.1   Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
23.1   Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2   Consent of independent registered public accounting firm
24.1   Power of Attorney (included on the signature page hereto)



QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
Our Company
How to Reach Us
The Offering
Summary Consolidated Financial Data (in thousands, except per share data)
RISK FACTORS
Risks Related to Our Business
Risks Related to This Offering
USE OF PROCEEDS
PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK
DIVIDEND POLICY
CAPITALIZATION
DILUTION
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
UNDERWRITING
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
WHERE YOU CAN OBTAIN MORE INFORMATION
INFORMATION INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
TUT SYSTEMS, INC. INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
TUT SYSTEMS, INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands, except per share amounts)
TUT SYSTEMS, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (in thousands, except per share amounts)
TUT SYSTEMS, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (in thousands)
TUT SYSTEMS, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands)
TUT SYSTEMS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (in thousands, except per share amounts)
TUT SYSTEMS, INC. CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands, except per share amounts)
TUT SYSTEMS, INC. CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (in thousands, except per share amounts) (unaudited)
TUT SYSTEMS, INC. CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands) (unaudited)
TUT SYSTEMS, INC. NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (in thousands, except per share amounts)
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
EXHIBIT INDEX
EX-1.1 2 a2138367zex-1_1.htm EXHIBIT 1.1

Exhibit 1.1

 

5,000,000 Shares*

 

TUT SYSTEMS, INC.

 

Common Stock

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

NEEDHAM & COMPANY, INC.

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

Merriman Curhan Ford & Co.

c/o Needham & Company, Inc.

445 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10022

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Tut Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell 3,000,000 shares (the “Company Firm Shares”) of the Company’s common stock (the “Common Stock”), and Tektronix, Inc., an Oregon corporation and one of the stockholders of the Company (the “Selling Stockholder”), proposes to sell 2,000,000 shares (the “Selling Stockholder Firm Shares”), in each case to Needham & Company, Inc., William Blair & Company, L.L.C. and Merriman Curhan Ford & Co. (collectively, the “Underwriters”), for whom you are acting as Representatives (the “Representatives”).  The Company has also agreed to grant to you and the other Underwriters an option (the “Company Option”) to purchase up to an additional 310,000 shares of Common Stock, on the terms and for the purposes set forth in Section 1(D) (“Company Option Shares”).  The Selling Stockholder, Salvatore D’Auria, Craig Bender, Mark Carpenter, Robert Noonan and Chares Van Dusen (collectively, the individuals are known as the “Additional Selling Stockholders”) have also agreed to grant to you and the other Underwriters an option (the “Selling Stockholders’ Option”) to purchase up to an additional 440,000 shares of Common Stock, on the terms and for the purposes set forth in Section 1(D) (“Selling Stockholders’ Option Shares”).  The Company Firm Shares and the Selling Stockholder Firm Shares are collectively referred to as the “Firm Shares.”  The Company Option Shares and the Selling Stockholders’ Option Shares are referred to collectively herein as the “Option Shares.”  The Firm Shares and the Option Shares are referred to collectively herein as the “Shares.”  The Company Option and the Selling Stockholders’ Option are referred to collectively herein as the “Option.”

 

The term “preliminary prospectus” as used herein means a preliminary prospectus, including the documents incorporated by reference therein, as contemplated by Rule 430 or Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations included at any time as part of the registration statement.  Copies of such registration statement and amendments and of each related preliminary prospectus have been

 


*                 Plus an option to purchase up to an additional 750,000 shares to cover over-allotments.

 

 



 

delivered to the Representatives.  If such registration statement has not become effective, a further amendment to such registration statement, including a form of final prospectus, necessary to permit such registration statement to become effective will be filed promptly by the Company with the Commission.  If such registration statement has become effective, a final prospectus containing information permitted to be omitted at the time of effectiveness by Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations will be filed promptly by the Company with the Commission in accordance with Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations.  The term “Registration Statement” means the registration statement as amended at the time it becomes or became effective (the “Effective Date”), including all documents incorporated by reference therein, financial statements and all exhibits and schedules thereto and any information deemed to be included by Rule 430A, and includes any registration statement relating to the offering contemplated by this Agreement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Rules and Regulations.  The term “Prospectus” means the prospectus, including the documents incorporated by reference therein, as first filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations or, if no such filing is required, the form of final prospectus, including the documents incorporated by reference therein, included in the Registration Statement at the Effective Date.  Any reference herein to the terms “amend,” “amendment” or “supplement” with respect to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus shall be deemed to refer to and include the filing of any document under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), after the Effective Date, the date of any preliminary prospectus or the date of the Prospectus, as the case may be, and deemed to be incorporated therein by reference.

 

The Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Additional Selling Stockholders confirm as follows their respective agreements with the Representatives and the several other Underwriters.

 

1.                                      Agreement to Sell and Purchase.

 

(a)                                  On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements of the Company herein contained and subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (i) the Company agrees to issue and sell the Company Firm Shares to the Underwriters and (ii) each of the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company the respective number of Company Firm Shares set forth opposite that Underwriter’s name in Schedule I hereto, at the purchase price of $                      for each Company Firm Share.

 

(b)                                 On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements of the Selling Stockholder herein contained and subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (i) the Selling Stockholder agrees to issue and sell the Selling Stockholder Firm Shares to the Underwriters and (ii) each of the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from such Selling Stockholder the Selling Stockholder Firm Shares set forth opposite that Underwriter’s name in Schedule I hereto, at the purchase price of $                     for each Selling Stockholder Firm Share.

 

(c)                                  On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements of the Additional Selling Stockholders herein contained and subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in the event that the Underwriters exercise the Option, (i) each Additional Selling Stockholder agrees, severally and not jointly, to issue and sell the Selling Stockholders’ Option Shares set forth opposite such Additional Selling Stockholder’s name in Schedule II hereto to the Underwriters and (ii) each of the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from

 

2



 

such Additional Selling Stockholder the Selling Stockholders’ Option Shares set forth opposite that Underwriter’s name in Schedule II hereto, at the purchase price of $                      for each Selling Stockholders’ Option Share.

 

(d)                                 Subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company grants the Company Option and the Selling Stockholder and the Additional Selling Stockholders grant the Selling Stockholders’ Option to the Underwriters to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to the maximum number of Option Shares set forth in Schedule II hereto at the same price per share as the Underwriters shall pay for the Firm Shares.  The Option may be exercised only to cover over-allotments in the sale of the Firm Shares by the Underwriters and may be exercised in whole or in part, but pro rata with respect to the Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Additional Selling Stockholders, at any time (but not more than once) on or before the 30th day after the date of this Agreement upon written or telegraphic notice (the “Option Shares Notice”) by the Representatives to the Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Additional Selling Stockholders no later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, at least three and no more than five business days before the date specified for closing in the Option Shares Notice (the “Option Closing Date”), setting forth the aggregate number of Option Shares to be purchased and the time and date for such purchase.  On the Option Closing Date, the Company will issue and sell, and the Selling Stockholder and the Additional Selling Stockholders will sell, to the Underwriters the number of Option Shares set forth in the Option Shares Notice with respect to the Company and each of the Selling Stockholder and the Additional Selling Stockholders, as the case may be, and each Underwriter will purchase such percentage of the Option Shares as is equal to the percentage of Firm Shares that such Underwriter is purchasing, as adjusted by Needham in such manner as they deem advisable to avoid fractional shares.

 

2.                                      Delivery and Payment.  Delivery of the Firm Shares shall be made to the Representatives for the accounts of the Underwriters against payment of the purchase price by wire transfer or certified check payable in same-day funds to the order of the Company for the Company Firm Shares to be sold by it and to the order of the Selling Stockholder for the Selling Stockholder Firm Shares sold by it at the office of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., Palo Alto, California 94304, at 7:00 a.m., California time, on the third (or, if the purchase price set forth in Section 1(a) hereof is determined after 4:30 p.m., Washington D.C. time, the fourth) business day following the commencement of the offering contemplated by this Agreement, or at such time on such other date, not later than seven business days after the date of this Agreement, as may be agreed upon by the Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Representatives (such date is hereinafter referred to as the “Closing Date”).

 

To the extent the Option is exercised, delivery of the Option Shares against payment by the Underwriters to the Company and the Selling Stockholder (in the manner specified above) will take place at the offices specified above for the Closing Date at the time and date (which may be the Closing Date) specified in the Option Shares Notice.  Delivery of the Option Shares against payment by the Underwriters by wire transfer or certified check payable in same-day funds to each of the Additional Selling Stockholders will take place at the offices specified above for the Closing Date at the time and date specified in the Option Share Notice.

 

3



 

Certificates evidencing the Shares shall be in definitive form and shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as the Representatives shall request at least two business days prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, by written notice to the Company.  For the purpose of expediting the checking and packaging of certificates for the Shares, the Company agrees to make such certificates available for inspection at least 24 hours prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be.

 

The cost of original issue tax stamps and other transfer taxes, if any, in connection with the issuance and delivery of the Firm Shares and the Option Shares by the Company, the Selling Stockholder and, if applicable, the Additional Selling Stockholders to the Underwriters shall be borne by the Company.  The Company, the Selling Stockholder or the Additional Selling Stockholders, as appropriate, will pay and hold each Underwriter and any subsequent holder of the Shares harmless from any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any failure or delay in paying federal and state stamp and other transfer taxes, if any, which may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the original issuance or sale to such Underwriter of the Shares.

 

3.                                      Representations and Warranties of the Company.  The Company represents, warrants and covenants to each Underwriter that, as of the date hereof (unless otherwise specifically noted in this Section 3):

 

(a)                                  The Company meets the requirements for use of Form S-3 and a registration statement (Registration No. 333-112418) on Form S-3 relating to the Shares, including a preliminary prospectus and such amendments to such registration statement as may have been required to the date of this Agreement, has been prepared by the Company under the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and the rules and regulations (collectively referred to as the “Rules and Regulations”) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) thereunder, and has been filed with the Commission.

 

(b)                                 No order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement (including any related registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act) or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued, and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or threatened by the Commission.  On the Effective Date, the date the Prospectus is first filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) (if required), during the period through and including the Closing Date and, if later, the Option Closing Date, and when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement becomes effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus is filed with the Commission, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (as amended or as supplemented if the Company shall have filed with the Commission any amendment or supplement thereto), including the financial statements included in the Prospectus but excluding the documents incorporated by reference therein, did and will comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Act and the Rules and Regulations.  On the Effective Date and when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement becomes effective, no part of the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement thereto did or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  At the Effective Date, the date the Prospectus or any

 

4



 

amendment or supplement to the Prospectus is filed with the Commission and at the Closing Date and, if later, the Option Closing Date, the Prospectus did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  The foregoing representations, warranties and covenants in this Section 3(b) do not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance on and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished in writing to the Company by the Representatives specifically for inclusion in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.  The Company acknowledges that the statements set forth in the paragraphs under the heading “Underwriting” in the Prospectus constitute the only information relating to any Underwriter furnished in writing to the Company by the Representatives specifically for inclusion in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.

 

(c)                                  The documents that are incorporated by reference in the preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus or from which information is so incorporated by reference, when they became or become effective or were or are filed with the Commission, as the case may be, complied or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Act or the Exchange Act, as applicable, and the Rules and Regulations or the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act (the “Exchange Act Rules and Regulations”).

 

(d)                                 The Company does not own, directly or indirectly, any shares of stock or any other equity or long-term debt securities of any corporation or have any equity interest in any corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, association or other entity, other than the subsidiaries listed in Exhibit 21 to the Registration Statement (the “Subsidiaries”).  The Company and Tut Systems UK. Ltd. (“UK Sub”) are entities duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of incorporation or organization.  The Company and UK Sub have full power and authority to conduct all the activities conducted by them, to own or lease all the assets owned or leased by them and to conduct their respective businesses as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.  The Company and UK Sub are duly qualified to do business and in good standing as foreign corporations in all jurisdictions in which the nature of the activities conducted by them or the character of the assets owned or leased by them make such qualification necessary, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the Company and its Subsidiaries or its or their business, properties, business prospects, condition (financial or other) or results of operations, taken as a whole (such an effect, a “Material Adverse Effect”).  All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of each Subsidiary have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and owned by the Company free and clear of all claims, liens, charges and encumbrances.  There are no securities outstanding that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for capital stock of any Subsidiary.  The Company and its Subsidiaries are not engaged in any discussions or a party to any agreement or understanding, written or oral, regarding the acquisition of an interest in any corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, association or other entity where such discussions, agreements or understandings would require amendment to the Registration Statement pursuant to applicable securities laws, unless such amendment has been filed.  Complete and correct copies of the certificate of incorporation and of the bylaws of the Company and all amendments thereto have been made available to the Representatives.  Complete and correct copies of the certificate of incorporation and of the bylaws,

 

5



 

or other organizational documents, of the UK Sub and all amendments thereto have been delivered to the Representatives.

 

(e)                                  All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (including the Selling Stockholder Firm Shares and the Selling Stockholders’ Option Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder and the Additional Selling Stockholders under this Agreement) have been duly authorized, validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable.  The Company Firm Shares and the Company Option Shares to be issued by the Company (if any) have been duly authorized and when issued and paid for as contemplated herein will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.  No preemptive or similar rights of any securityholder of the Company exist with respect to any of the Shares or the issue and sale thereof.  The description of the capital stock of the Company in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus is complete and accurate in all material respects.  Except as set forth in the Prospectus, as a result of option grants under the Company’s stock option plans in the ordinary course and consistent with past practice, or pursuant to subsequent repurchases of Common Stock by the Company in the open market, the authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company is as set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “Capitalization.”

 

(f)                                    The financial statements, notes and schedules included or incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement or the Prospectus present fairly the financial condition of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the respective dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the respective periods covered thereby, all in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except as otherwise disclosed in the Prospectus.  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PWC”), who have reported on such financial statements and schedules, are independent accountants with respect to the Company as required by the Act and the Rules and Regulations.  The summary consolidated financial and statistical data included in the Registration Statement present fairly the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with the audited financial statements presented in the Registration Statement subject, in the case of quarterly information, to normal year-end audit adjustments.

 

(g)                                 Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except as set forth in or contemplated by the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (i) there has not been any material change in the capitalization of the Company (other than in connection with the grant or exercise of options to purchase the Company’s Common Stock granted pursuant to the Company stock option plans from the shares reserved therefor and the purchase of shares under the Company’s stock purchase plan, all as described in the Registration Statement) or a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has incurred, except in the ordinary course of  business as described in the Prospectus, any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, nor has the Company or any of its Subsidiaries entered into, except in the ordinary course of business as described in the Prospectus, any material transactions other than pursuant to this Agreement and the transactions referred to herein, and (iii) the Company has not paid or declared any dividends or other distributions of any kind on any class of its capital stock.

 

6



 

(h)                                 The Company is not, nor will it become as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby, an “investment company” or an entity controlled by an “investment company,” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

(i)                                     There are no legal actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company, or any of its Subsidiaries, or any of its or their officers or directors in their capacity as such, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any reasonable basis therefor, before or by any federal or state court, commission, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental body, domestic or foreign, wherein an unfavorable ruling, decision or finding might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(j)                                     The Company and each Subsidiary has performed all the obligations required to be performed by it and is not in default under any contract or other instrument to which it is a party or by which its property is bound or affected, which default might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  To the knowledge of the Company, no other party under any contract or other instrument to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is a party is in default in any respect thereunder, which default might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Company nor UK Sub is in violation of any provision of its certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents.

 

(k)                                  No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or any filing or declaration with, any court or governmental agency or body is required for the consummation by the Company of the transactions on its part contemplated herein, except such as have been obtained under the Act or the Rules and Regulations and such as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws or the by-laws and rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the “NASD”) in connection with the offer, sale, issuance or delivery by the Company of the Shares hereunder.

 

(l)                                     The Company has full corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement.  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with the terms hereof, except as may be limited by equitable principles or bankruptcy laws.  The performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any of the assets of the Company pursuant to the terms or provisions of, or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or give any party a right to terminate any of its obligations under, or result in the acceleration of any obligation under, the certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, voting trust agreement, loan agreement, bond, debenture, note agreement or other evidence of indebtedness, lease, contract or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, or any of its or their properties is bound or affected, or violate or conflict with any judgment, ruling, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation of any court or other governmental agency or body applicable to the business or properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (except where such lien, charge, encumbrance, breach, violation, default, termination right or acceleration right would not result in a Material Adverse Effect).

 

7



 

(m)                               The Company and its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all properties and assets described in the Prospectus as owned by them, free and clear of all liens, charges, encumbrances or restrictions, except such as are described in the Prospectus or are not material to the business of the Company.  The Company and its Subsidiaries have valid, subsisting and enforceable leases for the properties described in the Prospectus as leased by them.

 

(n)                                 There is no document, contract, permit or instrument of a character required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement which is not described or filed as required.  All such contracts that are so described in the Registration Statement or Prospectus have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company or such Subsidiary, constitute valid and binding agreements of the Company or such Subsidiary and are enforceable against and by the Company or such Subsidiary in accordance with the terms thereof, except where the enforcement thereof may be limited by equitable principles or bankruptcy laws.

 

(o)                                 The Company has not distributed any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares other than any preliminary prospectuses, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement and other materials, if any, permitted by the Act.  Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its directors or officers has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed, or which might reasonably be expected, to cause or result, under the Act or otherwise, in, or which has constituted stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.

 

(p)                                 Other than as described in the Prospectus, no holder of securities of the Company has rights to the registration of any securities of the Company because of the filing of the Registration Statement, which rights have not been waived by the holder thereof as of the date hereof.

 

(q)                                 The Common Stock is registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act.  The Company’s Common Stock is included on the Nasdaq National Market (the “NNM”) and the Shares to be sold by the Company hereunder have been approved for listing, subject to official notice of issuance of the Company Firm Shares and the Company Option Shares.  The Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder and the Additional Selling Stockholders hereunder are listed on the NNM.

 

(r)                                    The Company and its Subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate trademarks, trade names, patents, patent rights, mask works, copyrights, licenses, approvals and governmental authorizations to conduct their businesses as now conducted in all material respects, and none of the foregoing intellectual property rights owned or licensed by the Company is invalid or unenforceable against the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, against other parties thereto.  The Company has not received any notice of infringement of (nor become the subject of any claim regarding) the asserted rights of others with respect to any such trademarks, trade names, patents, patent rights, mask work rights, copyrights, licenses, trade secrets or other similar rights, which, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding as it relates to the Company, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  The Company is

 

8



 

not aware of any infringement, misappropriation or violation by others of, or conflict by others with rights of the Company with respect to, any of the foregoing intellectual property rights.

 

(s)                                  The Company and each of its Subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign income tax returns which have been required to be filed and have paid all taxes and assessments received by them to the extent that such taxes or assessments have become due, except where such failure to so file would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any tax deficiency which has been or, to the knowledge of the Company, might be asserted or threatened against them which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(t)                                    The Company and each of its Subsidiaries owns or possesses all authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, registrations, certificates and permits of and from all governmental regulatory officials and bodies, necessary to conduct their respective businesses as described in the Prospectus, except where the failure to own or possess such authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, registrations, other certificates and permits would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  There is no proceeding pending or threatened which may cause any such authorization, approval, order, license, registration, certificate or permit to be revoked, withdrawn, cancelled, suspended or not renewed (except where such revocation, withdrawal, cancellations, suspension or non-renewal would not have a Material Adverse Effect), and the Company and each of its Subsidiaries is conducting its business in compliance with all laws, rules and regulations applicable thereto (including, without limitation, all applicable federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations), except where such noncompliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(u)                                 The Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, maintain insurance of the types and in the amounts generally deemed adequate for their businesses, including, but not limited to, insurance covering product liability and claims insurance covering real and personal property owned or leased by the Company and its Subsidiaries against theft, damage, destruction, acts of vandalism and all other risks customarily insured against, all of which insurance is in full force and effect.

 

(v)                                 Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has during the last five years (i) made any unlawful contribution to any candidate for foreign office, or failed to disclose fully any contribution in violation of applicable law, or (ii) made any payment to any federal or state governmental officer or official, or other person charged with similar public or quasi-public duties, other than payments required or permitted by the laws of the United States or any jurisdiction thereof.

 

(w)                               The Company is in compliance in all material respects with all presently applicable provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (“ERISA”), no “reportable event” (as defined in ERISA) has occurred with respect to any “pension plan” (as defined in ERISA) for which the Company would have any material liability; the Company has not incurred nor does it expect to incur liability under (i) Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal from, any “pension plan” or (ii) Sections 412 or 4971 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (the “Code”); and each

 

9



 

“pension plan” for which the Company would have any liability that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified in all material respects, and, to the knowledge of the Company, nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification.

 

(x)                                   The Company and each of its Subsidiaries has complied in all material respects with all applicable domestic or foreign laws, ordinances, codes, rules, regulations and other similar laws applicable to the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

4.                                      Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Selling Stockholder and, if Applicable, the Additional Selling Stockholders.

 

The Selling Stockholder and, if the Underwriters exercise the Option in accordance with Section 1(d), each Additional Selling Stockholder represents, warrants and covenants, severally and not jointly, (as applicable) to each Underwriter that, as of the date hereof (unless otherwise specifically noted in this Section 4):

 

(a)                                  All consents, approvals, authorizations and orders necessary for the execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder and, if applicable, each Additional Selling Stockholder of this Agreement and the Custody Agreement (the “Stockholder’s Agreement”) and for the sale and delivery of the Selling Stockholder Firm Shares and the Selling Stockholders’ Option Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder and the Additional Selling Stockholders hereunder have been obtained; and such Selling Stockholder and, if applicable, each Additional Selling Stockholder has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Stockholder’s Agreement, to make the representations, warranties and agreements hereunder and thereunder, and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Selling Stockholder Firm Shares and the Selling Stockholders’ Option Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder and the Additional Selling Stockholders hereunder.

 

(b)                                 Certificates in negotiable form representing all of the Selling Stockholder Firm Shares and the Selling Stockholders’ Option Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder and the Additional Selling Stockholders hereunder have been placed in custody under the Stockholder’s Agreement, in the form heretofore furnished to you, duly executed and delivered by the Selling Stockholder and the Additional Selling Stockholders to                          (the “Custodian”).

 

(c)                                  Such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder, as applicable, specifically agrees that the Selling Stockholders’ Option Shares represented by the certificates held in custody for such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder, as applicable, under the Stockholder’s Agreement are for the benefit of and coupled with and subject to the interests of the Underwriters, the Custodian, and the Company, that the arrangements made by such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder for such custody are, except as specifically provided in the Stockholder’s Agreement, to that extent irrevocable, and that the obligations of such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law, whether by the death, disability, incapacity, liquidation or dissolution of such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder or by the occurrence of any other event.  If such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder or any executor or trustee for such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder should die, become incapacitated, or if any other such

 

10



 

event should occur, before the delivery of the Selling Stockholder Firm Shares and, if applicable, the Selling Stockholders’ Option Shares, the certificates representing the Selling Stockholder Shares and, if applicable, the Selling Stockholders’ Option Shares shall be delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder, as applicable, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the Stockholder’s Agreement, regardless of whether or not the Custodian shall have received notice of such death, incapacity, or other event, except as may be limited by equitable principles or bankruptcy laws.

 

(d)                                 This Agreement and the Stockholder’s Agreement have each been duly executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder, as applicable, and each such document constitutes a valid and binding obligation of such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder, as applicable, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except where the enforcement thereof may be limited by equitable principles or bankruptcy laws.

 

(e)                                  No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or any filing or declaration with, any court or governmental agency or body is required in connection with the sale of the Selling Stockholder Firm Shares and the Selling Stockholders’ Option Shares by such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder, as applicable, or the consummation by such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder of the transactions on their respective parts contemplated by this Agreement and the Stockholder’s Agreement, except such as have been obtained under the Act or the Rules and Regulations and such as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws or the by-laws and rules of the NASD in connection with the sale and delivery to the Underwriters of the Selling Stockholder Firm Shares and the Selling Stockholders’ Option Shares by such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder.

 

(f)                                    The sale of the Selling Stockholder Firm Shares and the Selling Stockholders’ Option Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder, as applicable, hereunder and the performance by such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder, as applicable, of this Agreement and the Stockholder’s Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not result in the creation or imposition of any material lien, charge or encumbrance upon any material assets of such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder, as applicable, pursuant to the terms or provisions of, or result in a material breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a material default under, or give any party a right to terminate any of its material obligations under, or result in the acceleration of any material obligation under, any material indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, voting trust agreement, loan agreement, bond, debenture, note agreement or other evidence of indebtedness, lease, contract or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder, as applicable, is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder, as applicable, or any of their respective properties is bound or affected, or violate or conflict with any material judgment, ruling, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation of any court or other governmental agency or body applicable to such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder, as applicable.

 

(g)                                 Such Selling Stockholder and each Additional Selling Stockholder, as applicable, has, and at the Closing Date and, if later, the Option Closing Date, will have, good and marketable title to the Selling Stockholder Firm Shares and the Selling Stockholders’ Option Shares

 

11



 

to be sold by such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder, as applicable, hereunder, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims whatsoever; and, upon delivery of such Selling Stockholder Firm Shares and the Selling Stockholders’ Option Shares and payment therefor pursuant hereto and assuming that the Underwriters are purchasing such Shares in good faith and without notice of any other adverse claim within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code, good and marketable title to such Selling Stockholder Firm Shares and the Selling Stockholders’ Option Shares, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims whatsoever, will be delivered to the Underwriters.

 

(h)                                 On the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, all stock transfer or other taxes (other than income taxes) that are required to be paid in connection with the sale and transfer of the Selling Stockholder Firm Shares and the Selling Stockholders’ Option Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder, as applicable, to the Underwriters hereunder will have been fully paid or provided for by such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder, as applicable, and all laws imposing such taxes will have been fully complied with.

 

(i)                                     Other than as permitted by the Act and the Rules and Regulations, the Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder, as applicable, has not distributed and will not distribute any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any other offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares.

 

(j)                                     All information with respect to the Selling Stockholder or the Additional Selling Stockholders, as applicable (in their capacities as stockholders), contained in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto complied or will comply in all material respects with all applicable requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and does not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.

 

(k)                                  In order to document the Underwriters’ compliance with the reporting and withholding provisions of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 with respect to the transactions herein contemplated, the Selling Stockholder and each Additional Selling Stockholder, as applicable, agrees to deliver to you prior to or at the Closing Date a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department Form W-9 (or other applicable form or statement specified by Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof).

 

(l)                                     The Selling Stockholder and each Additional Selling Stockholder, as applicable, directly or indirectly, has not entered into any commitment, transaction or other arrangement, including any prepaid forward contract, 10b5-1 plan or similar arrangement, which transfers or may transfer any of the legal or beneficial ownership or any of the economic consequences of ownership of Common Stock of the Company.

 

5.                                      Agreements of the Company, the Selling Stockholder and, if Applicable, the Additional Selling Stockholders.  The Company, the Selling Stockholder and, if the Underwriters

 

12



 

exercise the Option in accordance with Section 1(d), each Additional Selling Stockholder covenants and agrees, severally and not jointly, (as applicable) with the Underwriters as follows:

 

(a)                                  The Company will not, either prior to the Effective Date or thereafter during such period as the Prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales of the Shares by an Underwriter or dealer, file any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, unless a copy thereof shall first have been submitted to the Representatives within a reasonable period of time prior to the filing thereof and the Representatives shall not have objected thereto in good faith.

 

(b)                                 The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to become effective, and will notify the Representatives promptly, and, upon request, will confirm in writing, (i) when the Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendment thereto becomes effective, (ii) of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information, (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose or the threat thereof, (iv) of the happening of any event during the period mentioned in the third sentence of Section 5(e) that in the judgment of the Company makes any statement made in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus regarding a material fact untrue or that requires the making of any changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make any statements of material facts therein, in the light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading and (v) of receipt by the Company or any representative or attorney of the Company of any other communication from the Commission relating to the Company, the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or the offering.  If at any time the Commission shall issue any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, the Company will make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of such order at the earliest possible moment.  If the Company has omitted any information from the Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations, the Company will comply with the provisions of and make all requisite filings with the Commission pursuant to said Rule 430A and notify the Representatives promptly of all such filings.  If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Act, the Company shall file a registration statement under Rule 462(b) with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing, either pay to the Commission the filing fee for such Rule 462(b) registration statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to the Rules and Regulations.

 

(c)                                  The Company will furnish to each of the Representatives, without charge, one signed copy of each of the Registration Statement and of any pre- or post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and all exhibits thereto, and will furnish to the Representatives, without charge, for transmittal to each of the other Underwriters, a copy of the Registration Statement and any pre- or post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules but without exhibits.

 

(d)                                 The Company will comply with all the provisions of any undertakings contained in the Registration Statement.

 

13



 

(e)                                  From the Effective Date and thereafter until the Prospectus is no longer required by law to be delivered in connection with the offering contemplated herein, the Company will deliver to each of the Underwriters, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto as the Representatives may reasonably request.  The Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Additional Selling Stockholders consent to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by the Underwriters and by all dealers to whom the Shares may be sold, both in connection with the offering or sale of the Shares and for any period of time thereafter during which the Prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection therewith.  If during such period of time any event shall occur which in the reasonable judgment of the Company or counsel to the Underwriters should be set forth in the Prospectus in order to make any statement of a material fact therein, in the light of the circumstances under which it was made, not misleading, or if it is necessary to supplement or amend the Prospectus to comply with law, the Company will forthwith prepare and duly file with the Commission an appropriate supplement or amendment thereto, and will deliver to each of the Underwriters, without charge, such number of copies of such supplement or amendment to the Prospectus as the Representatives may reasonably request.  The Company will not file any document under the Exchange Act or the Exchange Act Rules and Regulations before the termination of the offering of the Shares by the Underwriters, if such document would be deemed to be incorporated by reference into the Prospectus, that is not approved (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) by the Representatives after reasonable notice thereof.

 

(f)                                    Prior to the public offering of the Shares contemplated by this Agreement, the Company will cooperate with the Representatives and counsel to the Underwriters in connection with the registration or qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may request; provided, that in no event shall the Company be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified, to take any action which would subject it to general service of process in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject.

 

(g)                                 The Company, during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act within the time periods required by the Exchange Act and the Exchange Act Rules and Regulations.

 

(h)                                 The Company will timely file such reports under the Exchange Act as are necessary to make generally available to holders of its securities as soon as may be practicable an earnings statement (which need not be audited but shall be in reasonable detail) covering a period of 12 months commencing after the Effective Date, which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act (including Rule 158 of the Rules and Regulations).

 

(i)                                     Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company will pay or reimburse if paid by the Representatives all costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company, the Selling Stockholders and, if applicable, the Additional Selling Stockholders, under this Agreement and in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including but not limited to, costs and expenses of or relating to (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the

 

14



 

Registration Statement and exhibits to it, each preliminary prospectus, Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus, (ii) the preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Shares, (iii) the printing of this Agreement, the Agreement Among Underwriters, any Selected Dealer Agreements, any Underwriters’ Questionnaires, the Stockholder’s Agreement, any Underwriters’ Powers of Attorney, and any invitation letters to prospective Underwriters, (iv) furnishing (including costs of shipping and mailing) such copies of the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and any preliminary prospectus, and all amendments and supplements thereto, as may be reasonably requested for use in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares by the Underwriters or by dealers to whom Shares may be sold, (v) the listing of the Shares on the NNM, (vi) any filings required to be made by the Underwriters with the NASD, and the fees, reasonable disbursements and other charges of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith, (vii) the registration or qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions designated pursuant to Section 5(f), including the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Underwriters in connection therewith, and the preparation and printing of preliminary, supplemental and final Blue Sky memoranda, (viii) fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Company (but not those of counsel for the Underwriters, except as otherwise provided herein) and (ix) the transfer agent for the Shares.  The Selling Stockholder and, if applicable, the Additional Selling Stockholders will pay (directly or by reimbursement) all fees and expenses incident to the performance of their respective obligations under this Agreement that are not otherwise specifically provided for herein, including, but not limited to, any fees and expenses of counsel for such Selling Stockholder or the Additional Selling Stockholders, as applicable, any fees and expenses of the Custodian, and all expenses and taxes incident to the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder and the Additional Selling Stockholders to the Underwriters hereunder.

 

(j)                                     The Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Additional Selling Stockholders will not at any time, directly or indirectly, take any action designed or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, or which will constitute, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of any of the Shares.

 

(k)                                  The Company will apply the net proceeds from the offering and sale of the Shares to be sold by the Company in the manner set forth in the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds.”

 

(l)                                     During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and including the date 90 days after the date of the Prospectus, without the prior written consent of Needham & Company, Inc., the Company will not (1) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant options, warrants or rights to purchase or otherwise dispose of any equity securities of the Company or any other securities convertible into or exchangeable for its Common Stock or other equity security (other than pursuant hereto and to any shares of Common Stock issued or options to purchase common stock granted pursuant to employee stock option plans and the stock purchase plan disclosed in the Prospectus), or (2) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic benefits or risks of ownership of shares of Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

 

15



 

(m)                               During the period of 90 days after the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not file with the Commission or cause to become effective any registration statement (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 filed to register securities issued or to be issued under employee stock option plans or the employee stock purchase plan, each such plan as disclosed in the Prospectus) filed relating to any securities of the Company without the prior written consent of Needham & Company, Inc.

 

(n)                                 The Selling Stockholder and the Additional Selling Stockholders will, and the Company will cause each of its officers and directors to, enter into lock-up agreements with the Representatives to the effect that they will not, without the prior written consent of Needham & Company, Inc., sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock or rights to acquire such shares according to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in form of lock-up agreement attached as Schedule III hereto.

 

6.                                      Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters.  The obligations of each Underwriter hereunder are subject to the following conditions:

 

(a)                                  Notification that the Registration Statement has become effective shall be received by the Representatives not later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date of this Agreement or at such later date and time as shall be consented to in writing by the Representatives and all filings required by Rule 424 and Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations shall have been made. If the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b), the registration statement filed under Rule 462(b) shall have become effective by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                 (i) No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall be pending or threatened by the Commission, (ii) no order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the qualification or registration of the Shares under the securities or Blue Sky laws of any jurisdiction shall be in effect and no proceeding for such purpose shall be pending before or threatened or contemplated by the Commission or the authorities of any such jurisdiction, (iii) any request for additional information on the part of the staff of the Commission or any such authorities shall have been complied with to the satisfaction of the staff of the Commission or such authorities, (iv) after the date hereof no amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus shall have been filed unless a copy thereof was first submitted to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters and the Representatives do not object thereto in good faith, and (v) the Representatives shall have received certificates, dated the Closing Date and, if later, the Option Closing Date and signed by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company (who may, as to proceedings threatened, rely upon their information and belief), to the effect of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph.

 

(c)                                  Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (i) there shall not have been a Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, in each case other than as described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and (ii)  the Company shall not have sustained any material loss or interference with its business or properties from fire, explosion,

 

16



 

flood or other casualty, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or any court or legislative or other governmental action, order or decree, which is not described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, if in the reasonable judgment of the Representatives any such development makes it impracticable or inadvisable to consummate the sale and delivery of the Shares by the Underwriters at the price set forth in Section 1(a) of this Agreement.

 

(d)                                 Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there shall have been no litigation or other proceeding instituted against the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, or any of its or their officers or directors in their capacities as such, before or by any federal, state or local court, commission, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental body, domestic or foreign, in which litigation or proceeding an unfavorable ruling, decision or finding would reasonably be expect to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e)                                  Each of the representations and warranties of the Company, the Selling Stockholder and, if applicable, the Additional Selling Stockholders contained herein shall be true and correct in all material respects at the Closing Date and, with respect to the Option Shares, at the Option Closing Date, and all covenants and agreements contained herein to be performed on the part of the Company, the Selling Stockholder or, if applicable, the Additional Selling Stockholders and all conditions contained herein to be fulfilled or complied with by the Company, the Selling Stockholder or, if applicable, the Additional Selling Stockholders at or prior to the Closing Date and, with respect to the Option Shares, at or prior to the Option Closing Date, shall have been duly performed, fulfilled or complied with.

 

(f)                                    The Representatives shall have received an opinion, dated the Closing Date and, with respect to the Option Shares, the Option Closing Date, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, from Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, counsel to the Company, with respect to the following matters:

 

(i)                                     The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of Delaware; has the corporate power and authority to own or lease all the assets owned or leased by it and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus; and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in the following states: Arizona, California, [Illinois — pending], Michigan, New Jersey, North Carolina, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Texas and Washington.

 

(ii)                                  The Shares to be sold by the Company hereunder have been duly authorized and, when issued and paid for as contemplated by this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable; and there are no preemptive or other similar rights of securityholders of the Company in the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company, each as amended to date.

 

(iii)                               The authorized and outstanding capital stock of the Company as of December 31, 2003 is as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus in the column titled “Actual” under the caption “Capitalization” (except for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to this Agreement or pursuant to reservations, agreements, employee benefit plans, the exercise of

 

17



 

convertible securities, options or warrants referred to in the Prospectus or subsequent repurchases of its common stock in the open market).  The description of the capital stock of the Company in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus conforms in all material respects to the terms thereof.

 

(iv)                              To such counsel’s knowledge, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or threatened to which the Company is a party or to which any of its properties is subject that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus but are not so described.

 

(v)                                 No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or any filing or declaration with, any court or governmental agency or body is required for the consummation by the Company of the transactions on its part contemplated under this Agreement, except such as have been obtained or made under the Act or the Rules and Regulations and such as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws or the by-laws and rules of the NASD in connection with the offer, sale, issuance or delivery of the Shares by the Company to the Underwriters.

 

(vi)                              The Company has the corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement.  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

 

(vii)                           The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the compliance by the Company with all of the terms hereof and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not contravene any provision of law known to us to be customarily applicable to transactions of this nature or the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company [or UK Sub] and, to such counsel’s knowledge, will not result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any of the assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms and provisions of, result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or give any party a right to terminate any of its obligations under, or result in the acceleration of any obligation under, or give any party a right to terminate any of its obligations under, or result in the acceleration of any obligation under any agreement or instrument filed (as of the date of such counsel’s legal opinion) as an exhibit to the Registration Statement pursuant to Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K, or violate or conflict with (i) any judgment, ruling decree or order known to such counsel to be applicable to the Company, or (ii) any statute, rule or regulation of any court or other governmental agency or body known to be customarily applicable to the Company’s business or properties or any of its Subsidiaries, each as described in the Registration Statement (except where such lien, charge, encumbrance, breach, violation, default, termination right or acceleration right would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business or financial condition).

 

(viii)                        The statements under the captions “                     ” and “                     ” in the Prospectus, insofar as the statements constitute a summary of documents referred to therein or matters of law, are accurate summaries and fairly and correctly present, in all material respects, the information called for with respect to such documents and matters.

 

(ix)                                The Company is not an “investment company” or, to such counsel’s knowledge, an entity controlled by an “investment company”, as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

18



 

(x)                                   To such counsel’s knowledge, other than as set forth in the Registration Statement, no holder of securities of the Company has rights, which have not been waived or satisfied, to require the Company to register with the Commission shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, as part of the offering contemplated hereby.

 

(xi)                                The Registration Statement has been declared effective under the Act, and to such counsel’s knowledge, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or is pending or threatened by the Commission.

 

(xii)                             The Registration Statement and the Prospectus, excluding the documents incorporated by reference therein and the exhibits attached thereto, comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations (other than the financial statements, schedules and other financial data contained in or incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, as to which such counsel will express no opinion).

 

(xiii)                          Such counsel has participated in the preparation of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and nothing has come to such counsel’s attention that would lead such counsel to believe that, as of the Effective Date of the Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement thereto, (other than the financial statements, schedules and other financial data contained therein, as to which such counsel will express no opinion) contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or that the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, as of its date and the Closing Date contained or contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (other than the financial statements, schedules and other financial data contained therein, as to which such counsel will express no opinion).

 

(xiv)                         The documents incorporated by reference in the Prospectus (other than the financial statements, schedules and other financial data contained therein, as to which such counsel will express no opinion), when they were filed with the Commission, complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the Exchange Act Rules and Regulations.

 

Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, it has relied to the extent that it deems appropriate, upon certificates of officers of the Company and certificates of public officials.

 

(g)                                 The Representatives shall have received an opinion, dated the Closing Date and, with respect to the Option Shares, the Option Closing Date, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, from Eversheds LLP, counsel to  the UK Sub, with respect to the following matters:

 

(i)                                     UK Sub is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation; has the corporate power and

 

19



 

authority to own or lease all the assets owned or leased by it and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus; and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its activities conducted by it or the character of the assets owned or leased by it makes such qualification necessary and where the failure to be so qualified would have a material and adverse effect on the business or financial condition of the UK Sub.

 

(ii)                                  All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of UK Sub have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and owned by the Company free and clear of all claims, liens, charges and encumbrances.  There are no securities outstanding that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for capital stock of UK Sub.

 

(iii)                               To such counsel’s knowledge, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or threatened to which UK Sub is a party or to which its properties is subject [that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus but are not so described].

 

(h)                                 The Representatives shall have received an opinion, dated the Closing Date and, with respect to the Option Shares, the Option Closing Date, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, from Stoel Rives, LLP, counsel to the Selling Stockholder, with respect to the following matters [ADDITIONAL COMMENTS FROM STOEL RIVES?]:

 

(i)                                     This Agreement and the Stockholder’s Agreement have each been duly executed and delivered by each of the Selling Stockholder; the Stockholder’s Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of each Selling Stockholder in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by the application of bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity; the Custodian has been duly authorized by each Selling Stockholder to deliver the Selling Stockholder Firm Shares and the Selling Stockholders’ Option Shares on behalf of such Selling Stockholder in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; and, to such counsel’s knowledge, the sale of the Selling Stockholder Firm Shares and the Selling Stockholders’ Option Shares to be sold by each of the Selling Stockholder hereunder, the performance by each of the Selling Stockholder of this Agreement and the Stockholder’s Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or give any party a right to terminate any of its obligations under, or result in the acceleration of any obligation under any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, voting trust agreement, loan agreement, bond, debenture, note agreement or other evidence of indebtedness, lease, contract or other agreement or instrument included by the Selling Stockholder as an exhibit in any periodic report or form filed by the Selling Stockholder with the Commission within the last twelve months from the date hereof pursuant to Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K, or violate or conflict with any judgment, ruling, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation of any court or other governmental agency or body applicable to such Selling Stockholder.

 

(ii)                                  To such counsel’s knowledge, no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or any filing or declaration with, any court or governmental agency or body is required for

 

20



 

the consummation by each of the Selling Stockholder of the transactions on his part contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been obtained or made under the Act or the Rules and Regulations and such as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws or the by-laws and rules of the NASD in connection with the purchase and distribution by the Underwriters of the Shares.

 

(iii)                               The Selling Stockholder has full legal right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Stockholder’s Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Selling Stockholder Firm Shares and the Selling Stockholders’ Option Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and, upon payment for such Shares and assuming that the Underwriters are purchasing such Shares in good faith and without notice of any other adverse claim within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code, the Underwriters will have acquired all rights of such Selling Stockholder in the Selling Stockholder Firm Shares and the Selling Stockholders’ Option Shares free of any adverse claim, any lien and any restrictions on transfer imposed by the Company.

 

(i)                                     The Representatives shall have received an opinion, dated the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, from Gray Cary Ware & Freidenrich LLP, counsel to the Underwriters, with respect to the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and this Agreement, which opinion shall be satisfactory in all respects to the Representatives.

 

(j)                                     Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, PWC shall have furnished to the Representatives a letter, dated the date of its delivery, addressed to the Representatives, and in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, confirming that they are independent accountants with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries as required by the Act, the Exchange Act, the Rules and Regulations and the Exchange Act Rules and Regulations, and with respect to certain financial and other statistical and numerical information contained in or incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement.  At the Closing Date and, as to the Option Shares, the Option Closing Date, PWC shall have furnished to the Representatives a letter, dated the date of its delivery, which shall confirm, on the basis of a review in accordance with the procedures set forth in the letter from PWC, that nothing has come to their attention during the period from the date of the letter referred to in the prior sentence to a date (specified in the letter) not more than three days prior to the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, which would require any change in their letter dated the date hereof if it were required to be dated and delivered at the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date.

 

(k)                                  Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and at the Closing Date and, as to the Option Shares, the Option Closing Date, there shall be furnished to the Representatives a certificate, dated the date of its delivery, signed by each of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect that:

 

(i)                                     Each signer of such certificate has carefully examined the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (including any documents filed under the Exchange Act and deemed to be incorporated by reference into the Prospectus) and (A) as of the date of such certificate, such documents are true and correct in all material respects and do not omit to state a material fact

 

21



 

required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not untrue or misleading, and (B) in the case of the certificate delivered at the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, since the Effective Date, no event has occurred as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not untrue or misleading.

 

(ii)                                  Each of the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement were, when originally made, true and correct and are, at the time such certificate is delivered, true and correct in all material respects.

 

(iii)                               Each of the covenants required to be performed by the Company herein on or prior to the date of such certificate has been duly, timely and fully and each condition herein required to be satisfied or fulfilled on or prior to the date of such certificate has been duly, timely and fully satisfied or fulfilled.

 

(l)                                     Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and at the Closing Date, and, as to the Option Shares, the Option Closing Date, as applicable, there shall be furnished to the Representatives certificates, dated the date of its delivery, signed by the Selling Stockholder and, if applicable, each Additional Selling Stockholder, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect that the representations and warranties of such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder, as applicable, contained herein are true and correct on and as of the date of such certificate as if made on and as of the date of such certificate, and each of the covenants and conditions required herein to be performed or complied with by such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder, as applicable, on or prior to the date of such certificate has been duly, timely and fully performed or complied with.

 

(m)                               On or prior to the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the executed lock-up agreements referred to in Section 5(l).

 

(n)                                 The Shares shall be qualified for sale in such jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably request and each such qualification shall be in effect and not subject to any stop order or other proceeding on the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date.

 

(o)                                 Prior to the Closing Date, the Company Firm Shares and the Company Option Shares shall have been duly authorized for listing on the NNM upon official notice of issuance.

 

7.                                      Indemnification.

 

(a)                                  The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, the directors, officers, employees and agents of each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls each Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, liabilities, expenses and damages (including any and all investigative, legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claim asserted), to which they, or any of them, may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, liabilities, expenses or

 

22



 

damages arise out of or are based on any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or the omission or alleged omission to state in such document a material fact required to be stated in it or necessary to make the statements in it not misleading in the light of the circumstances in which they were made, or arise out of or are based in whole or in part on any inaccuracy in the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein or any failure of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder or under law in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby; provided, however, that (i) the Company will not be liable to the extent that such loss, claim, liability, expense or damage is based on an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance on and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished in writing to the Company by the Underwriters, expressly for inclusion in the Registration Statement, the preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus and; (ii) the Company will not be liable to any Underwriter, the directors, officers, employees or agents of such Underwriter or any person controlling such Underwriter with respect to any loss, claim, liability, expense, or damage arising out of or based on any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact in the preliminary prospectus which is corrected in the Prospectus if the person asserting any such loss, claim, liability, charge or damage purchased Shares from such Underwriter but was not sent or given a copy of the Prospectus at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Shares to such person and if copies of the Prospectus were timely delivered to such Underwriter pursuant to Section 5 hereof.  The Company acknowledges that the statements set forth in the paragraphs under the heading “Underwriting” in the preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus constitute the only information relating to any Underwriter furnished in writing to the Company by the Underwriters expressly for inclusion in the Registration Statement, the preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus.  This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that the Company might otherwise have.

 

(b)                                 The Selling Stockholder and, if applicable, the Additional Selling Stockholders, will, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, the directors, officers, employees and agents of each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls each Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, liabilities, expenses and damages (including any and all investigative, legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claim asserted), to which they, or any of them, may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, liabilities, expenses or damages arise out of or are based on any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact with respect to such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder, as applicable (solely in their respective capacities as stockholders), contained in any preliminary prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or the omission or alleged omission to state in such document a material fact with respect to such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder, as applicable (solely in their respective capacities as stockholders), required to be stated in it or necessary to make the statements in it not misleading in the light of the circumstances in which they were made, or arise out of or are based in whole or in part on any inaccuracy in the representations and warranties of such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder, as applicable,

 

23



 

contained herein or any failure of such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder, as applicable, to perform its obligations hereunder or under law in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby; provided, however, that (i) the Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholders, as applicable, will not be liable to any Underwriter, the directors, officers, employees or agents of such Underwriter or any person controlling such Underwriter with respect to any loss, claim, liability, expense, or damage arising out of or based on any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact in the preliminary prospectus which is corrected in the Prospectus if the person asserting any such loss, claim, liability, charge or damage purchased Shares from such Underwriter but was not sent or given a copy of the Prospectus at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Shares to such person and if copies of the Prospectus were timely delivered to such Underwriter pursuant to Section 5 hereof; and (ii) the liability of each Selling Stockholder and Additional Selling Stockholder, as applicable, under this Section 7(b) shall not exceed the product of the purchase price for each Share set forth in Section 1(a) hereof multiplied by the number of Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder or Additional Selling Stockholder, as applicable, hereunder.  This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that the Selling Stockholder and the Additional Selling Stockholders, as applicable, might otherwise have.

 

(c)                                  Each Underwriter will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signs the Registration Statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and the Selling Stockholder and Additional Selling Stockholders, as applicable, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Selling Stockholder and the Additional Selling Stockholders, as applicable, to each Underwriter, as set forth in Section 7(a) and Section 7(b), but only insofar as losses, claims, liabilities, expenses or damages arise out of or are based on any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance on and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished in writing to the Company by the Representatives, on behalf of such Underwriter, expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus.  The Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Additional Selling Stockholders acknowledge that the statements set forth in the paragraphs under the heading “Underwriting” in the preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus constitute the only information relating to any Underwriter furnished in writing to the Company by the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters expressly for inclusion in the Registration Statement, the preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus.  This indemnity will be in addition to any liability that each Underwriter might otherwise have.

 

(d)                                 Any party that proposes to assert the right to be indemnified under this Section 7 shall, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action against such party in respect of which a claim is to be made against an indemnifying party or parties under this Section 7, notify each such indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of such action, enclosing with such notice a copy of all papers served, but the omission to so notify such indemnifying party will not relieve it from any liability that it may have to any indemnified party under the foregoing provisions of this Section 7 unless, and only to the extent that, such omission results in the loss of substantive rights or defenses by any indemnifying party.  If any such action is brought against any indemnified party and it notifies the indemnifying party of its commencement, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and, to the extent that it elects by delivering

 

24



 

written notice to the indemnified party promptly after receiving notice of the commencement of the action from the indemnified party, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense of the action, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party.  After notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense, the indemnifying party will not be liable to the indemnified party for any legal or other expenses except as provided below and except for the reasonable costs of investigation incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense.  The indemnified party will have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action, but the fees, expenses and other charges of such counsel will be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the employment of counsel by the indemnified party has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party, (ii) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based on advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, (iii) a conflict or potential conflict exists (based on advice of counsel to the indemnified party) between the indemnified party and the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party will not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party), or (iv) the indemnifying party has not in fact employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to assume the defense of such action within a reasonable time after receiving notice of the commencement of the action, in each of which cases the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel will be at the expense of the indemnifying party or parties.  It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of more than one separate counsel admitted to practice in such jurisdiction at any one time for all such indemnified party or parties.  All such fees, disbursements and other charges will be reimbursed by the indemnifying party promptly as they are incurred.  No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action, and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of an indemnified party.  An indemnifying party will not be liable for any settlement of any action or claim effected without its written consent (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

(e)                                  If the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 is applicable in accordance with its terms but for any reason is held to be unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 7 in respect of any losses, claims, liabilities, expenses and damages referred to therein, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable (including any investigative, legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claim asserted, but after deducting any contribution received by the Company, the Selling Stockholder or, if applicable, the Additional Selling Stockholders from persons other than the Underwriters, such as persons who control the Company within the meaning of the Act, officers of the Company who signed the Registration Statement and directors of the Company, who also may be liable for contribution) by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, liabilities, expenses and damages in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the

 

25



 

Company, the Selling Stockholder and, if applicable, the Additional Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand.  The relative benefits received by the Company, the Selling Stockholder and, if applicable, the Additional Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, the Selling Stockholder and, if applicable, the Additional Selling Stockholders bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus.  If, but only if, the allocation provided by the foregoing sentence is not permitted by applicable law, the allocation of contribution shall be made in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in the foregoing sentence but also the relative fault of the Company, the Selling Stockholder and, if applicable, the Additional Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, with respect to the statements or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim, liability, expense or damage, or action in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations with respect to such offering.  Such relative fault shall be determined by reference to whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, the Selling Stockholder, the Additional Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.  The Company, the Selling Stockholder, the Additional Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 7(e) were to be determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to herein.  The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss claim, liability, expense or damage, or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this Section 7(e) shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 7(e), any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7(e), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting discounts received by it and no person found guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute as provided in this Section 7(e) are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.  For purposes of this Section 7(e), any person who controls a party to this Agreement within the meaning of the Act will have the same rights to contribution as that party, and each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement will have the same rights to contribution as the Company, subject in each case to the provisions hereof.  Any party entitled to contribution, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action against any such party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made under this Section 7(e), will notify any such party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission so to notify will not relieve the party or parties from whom contribution may be sought from any other obligation it or they may have under this Section 7(e).  No party will be liable for contribution with respect to any action or claim settled without its written consent (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld).

 

(f)                                    The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Section 7 and the representations and warranties of the Company, the Selling Stockholder and, if applicable, the

 

26



 

Additional Selling Stockholders contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Underwriters, (ii) acceptance of any of the Shares and payment therefor, or (iii) any termination of this Agreement.

 

8.                                      Reimbursement of Certain Expenses.  In addition to their other obligations under Section 7(a) of this Agreement but subject to the limitations otherwise set forth in Section 7, the Company, the Selling Stockholder and, if applicable, the Additional Selling Stockholders, jointly and severally, hereby agree to reimburse on a quarterly basis the Underwriters for all reasonable legal and other expenses incurred in connection with investigating or defending any claim, action, investigation, inquiry or other proceeding against the Underwriters described in Section 7(a) or 7(b), as applicable, notwithstanding the absence of a judicial determination as to the propriety and enforceability of the obligations under this Section 8 and the possibility that such payment might later be held to be improper; provided, however, that, to the extent any such payment is ultimately held to be improper, the persons receiving such payments shall promptly refund them.

 

9.                                      Termination.  The obligations of the Underwriters under this Agreement may be terminated at any time on or prior to the Closing Date (or, with respect to the Option Shares, on or prior to the Option Closing Date), by notice to the Company, the Selling Stockholder and, if applicable, the Additional Selling Stockholders, without liability on the part of any Underwriter to the Company, the Selling Stockholder or, if applicable, the Additional Selling Stockholders if, prior to delivery and payment for the Firm Shares or Option Shares, as the case may be, in the sole judgment of the Representatives (i) trading in any of the equity securities of the Company shall have been suspended by the Commission or by NNM, (ii) trading in securities generally on NNM shall have been suspended or limited or minimum or maximum prices shall have been generally established in such market, or additional material governmental restrictions, not in force on the date of this Agreement, shall have been imposed upon trading in securities generally by such market, by order of the Commission or any court or other governmental authority, (iii) a general banking moratorium shall have been declared by federal authority, or (iv) any material adverse change in the financial or securities markets in the United States or in political, financial or economic conditions in the United States or any outbreak or material escalation of war or armed hostilities or other national or international calamity, crisis or terrorist act shall have occurred, the effect of which is such as to make it, in the sole judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with completion of the public offering or the delivery of and payment for the Shares.

 

If this Agreement is terminated because of (i) the occurrence of a Material Adverse Effect since the time of execution of this Agreement or (ii) the Company’s refusal or inability to perform any material obligations on its part required to be performed hereunder, the Company, in addition to any liability under Sections 5(i), 7 and 8 or otherwise hereunder will reimburse the Underwriters for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Underwriters) incurred by them in connection with the offering of the Shares; provided, however, that the Company shall in no event be liable to any of the Underwriters for damages on account of loss of anticipated profits from the sale of the Shares.  If this Agreement is terminated because of the Selling Stockholder’s refusal or inability to perform any material obligations on its part required to be performed hereunder, the Selling Stockholder, in addition to any liability under Sections 7 and 8 or otherwise hereunder, will reimburse the Underwriters for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges

 

27



 

of counsel to the Underwriters) incurred by it in connection with the offering of the Selling Stockholder Firm Shares and, if applicable, the Selling Stockholders’ Option Shares; provided, however, that the Selling Stockholder shall in no event be liable to any of the Underwriters for damages on account of loss of anticipated profits from the sale of such Shares.

 

If this Agreement is terminated for any reason other than those set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph (including terminations pursuant to Sections 9 or 10 hereof), neither the Company nor the Selling Stockholder or, if applicable, Additional Selling Stockholders shall be under any liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 5(i), 7 and 8 hereof, as applicable.

 

10.                               Substitution of Underwriters.  If any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase any of the Firm Shares which it or they have agreed to purchase hereunder, and the aggregate number of Firm Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm Shares, the other Underwriters shall be obligated, severally, to purchase the Firm Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase, in the proportions which the number of Firm Shares which they have respectively agreed to purchase pursuant to Section 1 bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares which all such non-defaulting Underwriters have so agreed to purchase, or in such other proportions as the Representatives may specify; provided that in no event shall the maximum number of Firm Shares which any Underwriter has become obligated to purchase pursuant to Section 1 be increased pursuant to this Section 10 by more than one-ninth of such number of Firm Shares without the prior written consent of such Underwriter.  In any such case either the non-defaulting Underwriters or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected.  If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase any Firm Shares and the aggregate number of Firm Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase exceeds one-tenth of the aggregate number of the Firm Shares and arrangements satisfactory to the Representatives and the Company for the purchase of such Firm Shares are not made within 48 hours after such default, this Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company, the Selling Stockholder or, if applicable, the Additional Selling Stockholders for the purchase or sale of any Shares under this Agreement.  Any action taken pursuant to this Section 10 shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

 

11.                               Miscellaneous.  Notice given pursuant to any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and, unless otherwise specified, shall be mailed or delivered (a) if to the Company or the Additional Selling Stockholders, at the office of the Company, 6000 SW Meadows Drive, Lake Oswego, Oregon 97035, Attention: Chief Executive Officer, with a copy to Steve E. Bochner, Esq., Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304, (b) if to the Underwriters, to Needham & Company, Inc., 445 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022, Attention: Corporate Finance Department, with a copy to Scott Stanton, Esq., Gray Cary Ware & Freidenrich LLP, 4365 Executive Drive, Suite 1100, San Diego, California 92121 or (c) if to the Selling Stockholder, [STOEL RIVES TO PROVIDE].  Any such notice shall be effective only

 

28



 

upon receipt.  Any notice under such Section 9 or 10 may be made by telecopier or telephone, but if made by telephone, shall be subsequently confirmed in writing.

 

This Agreement has been and is made solely for the benefit of the several Underwriters, the Company, the Selling Stockholder, the Additional Selling Stockholders and the controlling persons, directors and officers referred to in Section 7, and their respective successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement.  The term “successors and assigns” as used in this Agreement shall not include a purchaser, as such purchaser, of Shares from any of the several Underwriters.

 

Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Representatives under this Agreement may be taken by them jointly or by Needham & Company, Inc.

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State.

 

This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

In case any provision in this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

The Company, the Selling Stockholder, the Additional Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters each hereby waive any right they may have to a trial by jury in respect of any claim based upon or arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

29



 

Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the agreement among the Company, the Selling Stockholder, the Additional Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

TUT SYSTEMS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

SELLING STOCKHOLDER

 

 

 

Tektronix, Inc.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ADDITIONAL SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

 

 

 

Salvatore D’Auria

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Craig Bender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mark Carpenter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert Noonan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charles Van Dusen

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30



 

Confirmed as of the date first

above mentioned:

 

 

NEEDHAM & COMPANY, INC.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY, L.L.C.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

MERRIMAN CURHAN FORD & CO.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

31



 

SCHEDULE I

 

UNDERWRITERS

 

Underwriters

 

Number of Company Firm
Shares to be Purchased

 

Number of Selling Stockholder
Firm Shares to be Purchased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Needham & Company, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Merriman Curhan Ford & Co.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

3,000,000

 

2,000,000

 

 

32



 

SCHEDULE II

 

 

 

Total Number
of Firm Shares
to be Sold

 

Total Number of
Option Shares
to be Sold

 

Tut Systems, Inc.

 

3,000,000

 

310,000

 

Tektronix, Inc.

 

2,000,000

 

300,000

 

Salvatore D’Auria

 

0

 

100,000

 

Craig Bender

 

0

 

10,000

 

Mark Carpenter

 

0

 

10,000

 

Robert Noonan

 

0

 

10,000

 

Charles Van Dusen

 

0

 

10,000

 

TOTALS

 

5,000,000

 

750,000

 

 

33



 

SCHEDULE III

 

TUT SYSTEMS, INC.
FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

 

34



EX-5.1 3 a2138367zex-5_1.htm EXHIBIT 5.1

EXHIBIT 5.1

June 10, 2004

Tut Systems, Inc.
6000 SW Meadows Road
Lake Oswego, OR 97035

    Re:
    Registration Statement on Form S-3

Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:

        We are acting as counsel for Tut Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-3 (such Registration Statement, as it may be amended from time to time, is herein referred to as the "Registration Statement") filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, relating to the                        shares (the "Shares") of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company.

        In connection herewith, we have examined and relied without independent investigation as to matters of fact upon such certificates of public officials, such statements and certificates of officers of the Company and originals or copies certified to our satisfaction of the Registration Statement, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Company as amended and now in effect, proceedings of the board of directors of the Company and such other corporate records, documents, certificates and instruments as we have deemed necessary or appropriate in order to enable us to render this opinion. In rendering this opinion, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures on all documents examined by us, the due authority of the parties signing such documents, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies.

        We are members of the Bar of the State of California, and we do not express any opinion herein concerning any law other than the Delaware General Corporation Law (including the statutory provisions, all applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution and the reported judicial decisions interpreting the foregoing) and the federal law of the United States of America.

        This opinion speaks only at and as of its date and is based solely on the facts and circumstances known to us at and as of such date. In addition, in rendering this opinion, we assume no obligation to revise, update or supplement this opinion should the present aforementioned laws of the State of Delaware or federal laws of the United States of America be changed by legislative action, judicial decision or otherwise.

        Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Shares are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

        We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption "Legal Matters" in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus included therein.

  Sincerely,

 

/s/ WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI

 

WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI
Professional Corporation


EX-23.2 4 a2138367zex-23_2.htm EXHIBIT 23.2
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

EXHIBIT 23.2


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-3, of our report dated February 2, 2004 (except as to the Restatement caption under Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, which is as of March 24, 2004), relating to the financial statements, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration Statement.

/s/  PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP      
   

Portland, Oregon
June 10, 2004




QuickLinks

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
GRAPHIC 5 g1042202.jpg G1042202.JPG begin 644 g1042202.jpg M_]C_X``02D9)1@`!`0$!L`&P``#__@`V35),3%]'4D%02$E#4SI;5%547U-9 M4U1%35-=5%547U-94U].15=?0TU92U],3T=/+D504__;`$,`!P4&!@8%!P8& M!@@(!PD+$@P+"@H+%Q`1#1(;%QP<&A<:&1TA*B0='R@@&1HE,B4H+"TO,"\= M(S0X-"XW*BXO+O_;`$,!"`@("PH+%@P,%BX>&AXN+BXN+BXN+BXN+BXN+BXN M+BXN+BXN+BXN+BXN+BXN+BXN+BXN+BXN+BXN+BXN+BXN+O_``!$(`$D!,@,! M(@`"$0$#$0'_Q``<``$``@,!`0$`````````````!@<#!`4!`@C_Q`!'$``! M`P,"`P4#!P<)"0`````!`@,$``41!B$'$C$3%$%182)Q@0@R0E*1L=$5(T-B M@J'!%C,T-G6RL_#Q)3=4JB2NWVISQY77T^/HG\?LK'8-*N-QEW&X,\SJ4%;,50ZG&05?'P^VL MN_+G;)TX_P"[\%^K'C7'U+OV7DT-)S[G)U&SF4XX'22]S'(4D`__`"K0JEX- MSFV]V0['4$2'1RK<*,J3ODX\MZDFC+I>9=X#3LEV1'*2IWM#D)VV(\MZJ?#L MV,-52VVV3YF*Y;L6DDBQ*4I6^9(I2E`*4I0"E*4`I2E`*4I0"E*4`I2E`*4I M0"E*4`I2E`*4I0"E*4`I2E`*4I0"E*4`I2O%*"4E2B`!N2?"@/2<;FJ_U5J1 MR:X;5:2I:%'D6XWN7#]5/IZ^->:CU#(NLC\D68+6VL\JEHZN^@\D^O\`"N_I MG3;%I;#[W*[-4-UXV0/)/XUEVVSRI.JEZC[O[(O5UQH7J6]_9?DU-*Z61`") ML]*5R\92CJ&OQ/W5*W5H:;6XLX0@%1/D!7U7RM*5H*%@%*A@@^(J]31"F'"M M%6RV5DN4RH]17MV\2BH)[.,@_FVQX_K'S/W5]VW4(*E+/ MW5V;T]IFT.+9@6UB5,'7G)6VV?7)_<*AS[SC[JG7""I7D``/0`=!7,7RLIL< MN>Y/OK\_@W:HPL@EQU'ZD^T7?+I0YV&WGO]E36J9AWF MXP8W=H;X803S$H0.91]3C-3O0LVZ38LER>XMUH*'9.+&Y/B/4=*U?AV:IZI> MV_)GYF*X[L6DO!*Z4I6P9PI2L$V2U"AR)CYPTPVIQ9\DI!)_<*`STJH&>/FC MG(HDKM]]0CERH]S!"?B%8KZ:X]Z*=;+C42]K0DX*DP@0/CS4!;M*C6C]8VC5 M5A8O4-2XS#ZEI0B44H7[*BG.,G;:I`T^P\%*:>;<"=B4J!Q]E`9:5K)G0EE* M4RV%%1P`'$G)^VOE-RMRL\L^,<'!P\G8_;0&W2M0W&``29L8`>)=3^-;2%I< M0E:%!25#((.010'M*T[M8;>$II*7$)6`M820"`1D$[;&MI3K:6 MNU4XD-XSSDC&//-`?=*PM2HSRBAI]I:@,X2L$X^%8%76UH?[NJXQ$O9QV9?2 M%9]VG0F7NQ>EL-NXYN1;@"L>>":\_*$#_C8__E3^-`;5*UA/A*;4 MX);!0E7*I0<3@'RSGK7@N,`C(FQB//M4_C0&U2OAEUI]M+K+B'&U=%(4"#\1 M7Q$E1IC`D1)#3[))`<:6%))!((R/(@CX4!FI6&7)CPXSDJ6^TQ';',MUU82E M(\R3L*S`@@$'(-`*5J2KC;XBPB7.C,+.X2ZZE!/VFHSJ;B)IG3DMB+.D/NK< M2E95&9+J6TGH5$;;C)P,G`SB@)C2L4:0Q*CM28[J76'D!QMQ)R%)(R"/0BE` M92<57FI[Y(N\L6:T\RVE*Y%%'Z4^6?JBMK6NH2CM+3"60OH^X-L?J@_?76TC M8X]MAIDE2'I+R05.).4I'U4GR^^LR^R638\>IZ2_R?V+U4%1#UIKJ^R^YFTU M8&+/'YEYBGEQY#[I/U"$H' MD,[`5\7*U*MB`B9):$LXQ';]HI'FH]!^^N0NBI)NN&H^7_W^$=#7)II3EN7A M&@RM+;B5K:2Z!]!><'WXKI.WR\RN1A,MU*3A*&HXY!Z`!-ZH:YN/3DTOH2SBGUUMEIV#OD>T1D75T=YQOSJWQG8$^)Q M75JEXL6XWJ7V;8=DN_24M1(2/,D]!5FQ;E;K7'BVZ9=6ER4(2@DJR2?7R^-= M'A9JLCIK45[M]S%R<;@^CVW[)';K7GPXUP@R8$QH.Q9+2FG6R3A:%#!&WF#6 MQ2M,I$$XK16(7">_PXK26H[%N+;;:>B4C``'P%0CY*O]1[K_`&HK_";J>\8O M]V.IO^R7]XJ!?)4_J/=?[45_A-T!B^4'I>P6KAQV\"U1VGVIZ5(>"?*$`%U:ANI1\3[ZX_RC(;TOA=/6 MR@K[L^R\L`9PD*P3\.;-=;@G5H\Z4XP%9).1XFM[6'"/1MBX>7J>8" MI=WBP77N_NNK"ENX)YRD*Y>OAC%;6C2W=?E`ZSN\)7:PXD)J(MU.Z>UPV"G/ MO0K[*G'%<@<-M49./]G/?W:`I[@OPTT?JWAV)UWM?:3W'WVA)2\M*D@8"3@* M`V]U7_IZV)LMAMMH2Z7DPHS<<.%/+S\B0G./#.*K3Y-!!X9,CRF/Y^T5;E`5 MGQ_LUQO?#:U7JF'IJ38VIJ!V=TG)A!PN!(:)2HA1SU& M0!X=:H3Y1FA[-I_N>K;(I,"5)E=F[&:/*%+P5!U`'S2"-\;;@['J!+^.G"^W MW/3;E]L4%#=WM[84YV:?:E,I2`0KZRP!D'J<$>5#D.VPXK$C45R( MLR8*6QRAS`!7R=`GE((\`3CPJ[M..RI&G+4_/![XY#96^%#!YR@%6?CFOSWP MRLMKB_**U'%8C-]A!3)=C(QLTHJ0-O+`6H#RH"8W/1:.'7!Z\+TXPG^4*80[ MS<6D?GE@J3VI2KJ$A/-@#IC/7>H;P\TYP^U]H!-E@LQH>KHZ`MU]X$O%85DN M#?VT$;$>&>@V-?H#5%^M^GK>S+N:5&,_):BD@`A)<4$@JS]$9W]*_.W&K0\; MA]<+=K;2$E4!:YG+W9*L!MS!4"V.O*<$%.XW\CB@+EO?"W2VH=1S;[J",NX. M/MM---*<4A+"4#!QRD9R3G>J-X:Z*TS>>+VKM/W*UI?MD'O'=V.T6GL^5]*4 M[@@G8D;FOU-;WG9$",^^UV3KC2%K;^JH@$CX&OSWP<4#Q\UW@C?O>/\`V4T! M9EMX;:;T_9-0V]F&U(M41)#?:)84EKEV*B2=P2#U&:H_@)IC1.H+/>UZ MLCPUK:>;#*WY!:*4E!)P0H5^IKJ0+9,)Z!E?]TU^9?D[Z.TUJJRW\WRUL2W6 MGFT-.+SS-A2%=,'S^Z@+VTVS;M+\-HZ;?<$3X%OMZW6Y;8&'4I2I7,,$C>J; M^3!K%7>9^D)[Q*GBJ9#*CU5^D2/>,*^"JGFLY5ML7`NZQ+/<.\1H4,VM+QZJ M6%!E0]^>;IM55:]T[+T;:N'^OK(URKBPXKK?]D>=7%HV>NYZ*LEQ0`7)%O9SF7CD=AMJ/-V$5EQ)`!]>4^_E!\:LC@;>&U<'[=)=Y ME]P;?;<"=SA"U'`_9(H"IN%#FC]0WV_VGB)%0_J6?+4$/S%'<[@MH5]!0.<= M,[`=,5:#/!]A-IM4$7MUI4-("E(9"LK2H\KJ,GV'`G"<[C;YM1OB[HG3NJ]' M+XD617=MLGH?::<]W^0:MBL;[+4AI33[:7&U M#!2H9!K/OP(SEZE;XR\HMU9M$-KYG;2X$$]6'#[/P/A\:X]OO=YTZ^(-7:N5#Z^&6A0X`WKG6B\0;LSVD1W*A\]M6RD^\?QK>?:2^RX MRO/(M)2<>1&*THS4X\H/92E%Q>I="%:DU@EOM(=I4%.#94CP3_R^9]>E0-2G M'5K6HJ6LY4I1R2?,FIE)TI;+4TN5=+FX8Z3A*&T!*E^0]3[JC=PN"7DF/"CI MB0P=FT[J7ZK5U4?W"N8S?6E+=[UX1N8OII:J6_+.=6>+W4+*Y0<6D=&V]BO] MKP^RO84.5.>#$1A;SGDD=/>?"IQ9=$M("7;LYVB^O8MG"1[SU/PQ4&-BVW/Y M%T\OL37Y%=2^9_DC")UUGI[A;6%-1^G=XB2!^TKJ?>37:M6B)3BD.7)Y++>< MEIOVE'TST'[ZGT:,Q%:#,=E#38Z)0G`K-6Y5\+CM2N?)_P"C*GG2[5K7\GB0 M$@`=!M7M*5JE`C^L=*P=6VU-LN4J>U$YLN-Q)!:#HQ\U>/G#QP?&N+I'AI8M M(S4R;)-O#+?,5*BJG*+#BBGERI'11QXGRJ=4H#%)CLRHSL62TAUAU!0XVL92 MM)&""/+%5LC@QI.,_(7:YE\M;4C^<8@W%3;:AY$8)(]YJSJ4!Q-*Z8L>E+;^ M3K%!1%8*N99!*E.*^LI1W)IJO3<'5-K-KN+\Q$19RXB,^6NU&/FJQU3Z>E=N ME`1'1V@[/H]2DV63B_T=-SEEY#6#D83@#; MR.WI5D4H#&^WVS#C/.M'.DIYD*PI.1C(/@:K^!PFTW;[PJ]PYM[:NBU%3LI- MQ7VCN2"H*/B#C<58E*`XFKM,VK5MD=LUY:<7%<4E?YM90I*@<@@BHO;N$VF( MMPASIC]VNZH6#%;N[8U> M+8_;GI$IAMX84N*Z6EXSN`H=,]#Z57<;@AHV&5F`_>H?.`%=WN"D/G$'IY5V3HZTNZ3=TI,7+FV MUQ'9D2GRXX$Y!2`H[CEP,>6*DE*`Y$O3UJDZ:7IE4R;44X;QC`(W MZ5PM+\.K#IAM^-:WKF(3Z%HT06?H^3$>[Y8I:TN).4MJ5 M@CT"O'W&NK;;S M60YK5BW]?7D![ZD]HT/\`-=NK_KV+1^]7X5)= M/?T-[_KK^^NMXU4Q_AM;_4M?)LL79LU\E:XHUX<.+"9#,5A#+8^B@8_UK8I2 MM5)):10;;>V*4I7IX*4I0"E*4`I2E`*4I0"E*4`I2E`*4I0"E*4`I2E`*4I0 0"E*4`I2E`*4I0"E*4!__V3\_ ` end
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----